You or an authorized user can conveniently check the vehicle’s location on the NIO app. When the vehicle is connected to the Internet, you can view its location in the top-left corner of My Vehicle on the NIO app. Tap this information to view the vehicle’s location on the map.
Car Locating at Close Proximity
When the vehicle is not being driven and the authenticated key fob is within 70 meters to the vehicle, press the Lock button on the smart key fob twice within three seconds. The vehicle’s horn will honk and the turn signals will flash to indicate the vehicle’s exact location. Press the button again after 5 seconds to clear the location prompt. Otherwise, the location prompt will turn off automatically after 10 seconds.
When the vehicle is connected to your phone via Bluetooth or the vehicle is connected to the Internet, you can also locate it by tapping My Vehicle > Find My Car on the NIO app. The vehicle’s horn will honk and the turn signals will flash to indicate its location. Tap Find My Car again to clear the location prompt.
Unlocking/Locking with Smart Key
Before entering the vehicle, you can use the smart key to unlock the vehicle. Depending on the state of the smart key and the surrounding environment of the vehicle, the furthest effective range of the smart key is 30-70 meters outside the vehicle.
The buttons and features of the smart key are as follows:
Vehicle Unlock Button
When the vehicle is in P gear, press this button to unlock the vehicle. After unlocking, the turn lights on both sides of the vehicle will flash three times to indicate successful unlocking. After successful unlocking, the outer door handles will automatically pop up.
After unlocking the four doors with the smart key, the liftgate can be opened from the outside without a key.
Press+hold the unlock button to open all the windows at the same time; release the unlock button during the movement of the windows and the windows will stay at the current position.
You can set the unlocking method of the smart key through the center display: enter the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors > Vehicle Unlock Mode.
If you select "Unlock the Whole Vehicle", you only need to press the key‘s unlock button once to unlock all the doors at the same time;
If you select "Unlock the Driver's Door", you can press the key's unlock button once to open only the driver's door and once again to open the other three doors is possible.
Vehicle Lock Button
When the vehicle is in P gear and all doors (including the hood and liftgate) are closed, press this button to lock the whole vehicle. After the whole vehicle is locked, the turn lights on both sides will flash once and the horn will sound once to indicate the successful locking. At the same time, the outer door handles are retracted, and the side mirrors are automatically folded (enter the Settings interface in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Auto-Fold When Vehicle is Locked to set the automatic folding of side mirrors).
The locked liftgate can only be opened from the outside with the smart key.
You can set the on/off of the horn prompt sound through the center display by entering the Settings interface in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tapping Sound > RINGER and ALERTS > Lock Confirmation Sound.
Press+hold the lock button to close all the windows at the same time; release the lock button during the window movement and the windows will stay in the current position.
When the vehicle is not in driving state and the valid smart key is within 70 meters from the vehicle, you can press it twice within 3 seconds to start the Find My Car feature, and the turn lights and horn will give prompts. Pressing this button once more within 5 seconds, Find My Car will not remind you again; otherwise, it will turn off on its own after 10 seconds.
When all the doors are closed, you can press the lock button of the smart key outside the car. At this time, the car is locked. The turn lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to indicate that the locking is successful. If any door is not closed, the vehicle cannot be locked by pressing the lock button at this time, and you will receive a reminder message from the NIO App, reminding you that the vehicle has not been successfully locked.
Liftgate Open Button
When the liftgate is closed, press+hold this button to open the liftgate; when the liftgate is open, press+hold this button again to close the liftgate.
When leaving a person or a pet in the vehicle, you must ensure that you have your smart key fob with you. Failure to do so may result in injury or death.
CautionNT2智能钥匙
The smart key is an electronic component. Please avoid hitting, disassembling, or placing it in a place with high temperatures, humidity, and strong vibrations.
If there are still passengers inside your vehicle when you lock it, you can perform the smart key lock operation, and the passengers inside your vehicle can still open the door from inside, but the Anti-Theft Alarm System will be triggered.
If there is still a smart key or a mobile phone with Unlocking/Locking via Bluetooth function in your vehicle after your vehicle is locked, the smart key lock operation can still be performed for your vehicle, and the mobile App will prompt you that there is a key in your vehicle.
If a passenger takes a smart key or a mobile phone with Unlocking/Locking via Bluetooth feature more than 3 meters away from your vehicle, your vehicle will prompt you that a key has left your vehicle.
If neither any door nor the liftgate is opened within 30 seconds after your vehicle is unlocked, all doors and the liftgate will be automatically relocked.
If a key is lost or damaged, please contact the NIO Service Center immediately, and carry all the current keys for key binding operations and apply for a new key.
Caution智能钥匙亏电时可使用物理应急钥匙上锁驾驶侧车门,所有车门随之一同上锁。
When the key fob battery is low, use the emergency key to lock the driver’s door. All other doors will be locked at the same time.
If you forget to take the Smart Key out of your vehicle and proceed to close and lock the driver door, the anti-lockout feature will be triggered. As a result, the vehicle will automatically unlock, accompanied by three flashes of the turn lights and three horn sounds.
To facilitate the operation of locking the vehicle when the vehicle is in the parked state, you can enter the Settings interface in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Windows > Auto Close When Locking, so that when you use the external locking method (such as smart key, NFC, NIO App, Keyless Locking and Walk Away Lock) to lock the vehicle, it can automatically close all the windows of the vehicle, and has an anti-pinch feature during the closing process. The window closing operation will halt if the smart key or the Unlocking and Locking with NIO App button is pressed in the middle of it.
Caution执行锁车自动关窗时请确保车辆已成功上锁。
When turning on Auto Window Close, please ensure the vehicle is locked.
For occupants’ safety, when a front seat is occupied, if the vehicle is locked, the windows will not close. Please do not leave occupants or pets in the locked vehicle.
If the vehicle is locked while a window is rising, the window will stop rising. In this case, unlock the vehicle first, then lock the vehicle again, and the windows will close automatically.
Replacing the Smart Key Fob Battery
The smart key fob uses a CR2477 coin cell battery. To replace the battery, please pinch the sides of the key fob firmly between fingers, and slide your fingernail or a thin plastic sheet from the bottom gap along the side slit of the key fob until the rear cover can be opened.
Dispose of used batteries according to instructions and local laws. Please see the NIO website for details.
Install the coin cell battery with the positive terminal facing down. After installing, align the battery's contacts, and then close the rear cover properly to ensure proper use of the key fob.
When the key fob battery is low, its remote unlock feature may be affected. In this case, you can try to unlock the vehicle from a shorter distance. If it still doesn’t work, please use other methods (e.g. the mobile app or emergency key) to unlock the vehicle.
Radio waves may affect the performance of the key fob. Keep other electronic devices (e.g. phones, laptops and tablets) at least 30 cm away from the key fob.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking
When you carry an authenticated smart key fob or Bluetooth (in your pocket or bag), you can unlock or lock the vehicle simply by touching the rear end of any exterior door handle.
If the key fob is left in the vehicle or a door is open (including the hood or the liftgate), the vehicle cannot be locked by pressing the rear end of an exterior door handle. In this case, the horn honks to remind you to take the key fob with you or close the open door.
Caution进行无钥匙解锁/上锁操作时,车辆需挂 P 挡且车门、前盖及尾门均关上。
To unlock/lock the vehicle without using a key, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK and that all doors, hood and liftgate are closed.
Caution 进行无钥匙上锁操作时,请勿使用蛮力按压车外门把手。
When locking the vehicle without a key, avoid pressing too hard on the exterior door handle.
Patients who are dependent on pacemakers should stay at least 22 centimeters away from the interior antennas, to avoid their cardiac pacemakers from being interfered by the keyless unlocking system’s antenna.
Locations of the interior Bluetooth antennas are as follows:
Under the rearview mirror cover
Above the left B-pillar
Above the right B-pillar
Behind the headliner
Above the rear bumper bracket
Unlocking and Locking with the NIO App
When you are far away from the vehicle, you can go to My Vehicle interface on the App, and tap Door Locks to remotely unlock or lock the doors. At this time, you can lend your vehicle to someone else.
To unlock or lock the vehicle on the NIO App, make sure that the following requirements are met:
The user must be the vehicle's owner or authorized by the owner.
The vehicle is in P gear with all doors closed.
The mobile phone and vehicle are connected to the network.
The phone's Unlocking/Locking via Bluetooth feature is disabled (otherwise this feature will be preferred).
Note如果用户因故无法使用手机 APP 执行解锁操作,可以呼叫蔚来汽车服务中心寻求帮助。
If users are unable to unlock their vehicles via the mobile App, they can contact the NIO Service Center for assistance.
Unlocking/Locking via Bluetooth
The Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature enables you to easily and quickly unlock/lock the vehicle without a smart key fob.
First, open the NIO app.
Tap My Vehicle > Settings >Bluetooth Digital Key to create a Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth service. Then enable this service and Bluetooth on your phone, and keep your phone close to an unlocked vehicle to pair the vehicle with your phone and activate this service. After successful activation, the top of the My Vehicle page will show that your phone has been connected to the vehicle via Bluetooth digital key, and then you can use the Bluetooth digital key to replace the smart key fob for unlocking and locking your vehicle. Then your phone will be automatically connected to your vehicle when approaching. You can also go to the Key Management page to manage the Bluetooth digital key or delete it as needed.
If the vehicle is in PARK, when you approach it (about 30–70 meters at maximum, which may vary according to the status of Bluetooth connection) with your phone's Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth enabled, you can perform the following operations:
Tap the Unlock/Lock button on the My Vehicle page of the NIO app to unlock/lock the vehicle, with the door handles extending or retracting automatically.
After unlocking your vehicle successfully with the Bluetooth digital key, you just need to get seated and close the driver's door and then press the brake pedal to start the vehicle.
Carry your phone and touch the designated area on the door handle to unlock/lock the vehicle.
After enabling the Walk-Up Unlocking feature on the center display, when you enter the specified range area around the vehicle with your phone, the vehicle will unlock automatically.
After enabling the Walk-Away Lock feature on the center display, when you leave the vehicle for the specified distance with your phone, the vehicle will automatically lock.
You can press the trunk switch or go to the My Vehicle page of the NIO app to open/close the truck.
You can find your vehicle, adjust windows, your vehicle via the My Vehicle page of the NIO app.
Caution手机蓝牙钥匙
If you fail to lock or unlock the vehicle with the Bluetooth digital key due to a Bluetooth connection error, fix the error and try again.
If the Bluetooth connection between your phone and the vehicle fails when you try to start the vehicle with the Bluetooth digital key, please reconnect via Bluetooth and try again.
The Bluetooth digital key is only available for a paired phone. If you use a new phone, create a new Bluetooth digital key, and the Bluetooth digital key on the previous phone will be disabled automatically. To log in to the account, you need to reactivate the Bluetooth digital key.
Both the vehicle owner and authorized users can create a Bluetooth digital key, but the number of Bluetooth digital keys that can be paired with the vehicle is limited.
Even though there are occupants in the vehicle, you can still lock the vehicle with the Bluetooth digital key. The occupants can get out of the vehicle when needed, but the anti-theft alarm system will be triggered.
If a smart key fob or phone with the Bluetooth digital key is left in the vehicle, you can still lock the vehicle with smart key fob, and the NIO app will remind you of a key left in the vehicle.
If an occupant accidentally takes the smart key fob or phone with the Bluetooth digital key out of the vehicle for more than 3 meters, the vehicle will remind you of a key out of the range.
Unlocking/Locking via NFC
You or an authorized user can unlock or lock the vehicle using an NFC-enabled phone or NFC card. After unlocked, the liftgate can be opened from the outside.
To unlock or lock the vehicle using your phone:
Tap My Vehicle > Vehicle Info > NFC Key on the NIO app, install the "NIO NFC Key" app on your phone, and turn on "NFC Key". An "NFC" icon will be displayed in the top left corner of "My Vehicle".
Enable the NFC function on your phone and set the NIO app as the default payment application.
Keep the phone screen awake and place it close to the NFC detection zone on the driver’s side B pillar. Next, the app will display Unlocking With NFC. After successfully unlocked, the door handles will extend automatically. After successfully locked, the door handles will retract automatically with a locking sound.
Place the NFC card close to the NFC detection zone on the driver's side B pillar, and hold it for a while to unlock or lock the vehicle automatically. After successfully unlocked, the door handles will extend automatically. After successfully locked, the door handles will retract automatically with a locking sound.
CautionNT2 NFC
The NFC's detection range is less than 10 millimeters. It is recommended to place your mobile phone or NFC card near the NFC detection area for a short period to unlock or lock the vehicle.
After unlocking the vehicle via NFC, you can still lock it using other methods (e.g. your smart key fob or emergency key). We recommend carrying your smart key fob or phone with you.
Please keep your NFC card safe. Protect it from impact, bending, high temperatures, strong vibration, and damage from liquids.
You cannot use the NFC feature during vehicle updates. Please carry the smart key fob with you to unlock the vehicle.
When unlocking or locking the vehicle via NFC, please log into the NIO app and redownload the NFC key if you are unable to obtain an authenticated NFC key. If an authenticated NFC key is not detected, please ensure that the vehicle matches the NFC account. Then reopen the NFC app and unlock the mobile phone screen to unlock or lock the vehicle again. If NFC still doesn't work, please contact NIO.
Unlocking/Locking with the Central Lock
You can unlock or lock the vehicle by pressing the central lock button.
When the vehicle is unlocked and all doors are closed, you can lock the vehicle from the inside by pressing the central lock. After locking, a Vehicle Locked icon will appear on the center display and the button LED light will turn green.
When the vehicle is locked from the inside or only the driver’s door is unlocked, you can unlock the vehicle from the inside by pressing the central lock. After unlocking, a Vehicle Unlocked icon will appear on the center display and the button LED light will turn off.
Emergency Unlocking/Locking
Unlocking/Locking from the Outside
When you are unable to unlock or lock the vehicle from the outside with one of the aforementioned methods, you can use the emergency key to unlock or lock the driver's door.
Caution请将物理应急钥匙带出车外并妥善保管,以备紧急解锁或上锁时使用。
Do not leave the emergency key in your vehicle. Please keep it safe in case of emergency.
To use the emergency key:
Pull out the metal key portion of the emergency key while toggling the switch on the emergency key.
Push the front end of the exterior handle on the driver's door.
Pull the door handle, and insert the emergency key into the lock. Rotate the key counterclockwise to unlock the driver's door.
To lock the driver's door, rotate the key counterclockwise first for unlocking, and then turn it clockwise.
After unlocking the driver door using the physical emergency key, if you need to lock the doors using the Smart Key, you must first toggle the driver door once to reset the door lock cylinder. This will prevent the driver door from remaining in an unlocked state and ensure the security of the vehicle.
When the 12V battery level is low, only the driver's door will be locked by the emergency key. If you want to lock the other doors, you can toggle down at the keyhole and close the door to lock it. In this case, the door cannot be opened from outside.
Unlocking from the Inside
When the whole vehicle is locked, if the door needs to be opened in an emergency (for example, when the electronic switch on the door handle fails or the vehicle falls into the water), pull the mechanical switch on the interior door handle once to open the corresponding door.
CautionNT2 Opening the door from inside in an emergency
When the 12V battery of the vehicle is low on power, the physical emergency key can only be used to unlock the door on the driver side. At such moments it cannot be used to unlock the whole vehicle. The other doors can only be unlocked and opened by pulling the mechanical switch for the inner door handle.
The windows cannot be lowered when the door is opened using the mechanical switch for the inner door handle because doing so would risk damaging the window trim panel.
Neither rear door can be opened from inside when the child safety lock function is enabled. They can only be opened from outside once the whole vehicle is unlocked.
In the event of an accident that is of sufficient gravity to trigger airbag deployment, the child safety lock on the rear door will unlock automatically.
Walk Up Unlock
Walk Up Unlock works when you carry a valid smart key or a mobile phone with the Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature enabled. Without taking out the key, the vehicle will be automatically unlocked when you are within 1.5 meters from its B-pillar.
To enable or disable this feature, go to the Settings interface from control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors > Walk Up Unlock.
Auto Unlock When In PARK
The vehicle can be automatically unlocked in PARK without using the lock function on the center display.
If the vehicle was locked automatically by Drive Away Lock (at a speed over 8 km/h), after the driver applies the brake to bring the vehicle to a halt and shifts into P gear, the vehicle will be automatically unlocked. After the vehicle is unlocked, the liftgate can be opened from the outside without a key.
You can configure how the vehicle will be automatically unlocked in PARK on the center display: go to the Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors > Auto Unlock When In PARK.
Walk Away Lock
Walk-away lock works when you carry a valid smart key or a mobile phone with the Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature enabled. Without taking out the key, the vehicle will be automatically locked when you are 3-7 meters away from it. When the vehicle is locked by walk-away lock, a lock confirmation sound will be produced, the turn lights will flash, and if Auto-Fold When Vehicle is Locked is enabled, the side mirrors will be folded automatically.
To enable this feature, you can go to the Settings interface from control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors > Walk Away Lock. Please only use Walk Away Lock in familiar and safe parking areas. After Walk Away Lock is enabled, make sure to carry a valid smart key or enable the Unlocking and Starting via Bluetooth feature on your mobile phone, and check that the vehicle is successfully locked as you walk away.
Warning离开车辆时请确认车辆已成功自动上锁,保障车内财产安全。
When Walk-Away Lock is turned on, ensure that no child or pet is left in the vehicle so as to avoid any accidents.
When using Walk-Away Lock, please ensure the vehicle is locked via the lock sound or visual checks (headlights, side mirrors or the NIO app), so as to protect the property inside your vehicle.
When there is another authenticated smart key fob in the vehicle or any other condition for locking is not met (such as a door, the hood, or the liftgate not being closed or turning Walk-Away Lock off on the center display), Walk-Away Lock will fail.
Please do not place your smart key fob close to a mobile phone, Bluetooth headset, or other communication devices. Otherwise, the vehicle may be locked by mistake due to signal interference.
Equipment with a strong magnetic field such as DC chargers or high voltage substations may interfere with the smart key fob’s signal, which may lock the vehicle by mistake in certain cases. It is recommended to carry your smart key fob with you to avoid any inconvenience caused by the unintended locking of the vehicle.
Drive-Away Locking
Your vehicle can automatically lock while driving.
When the vehicle is unlocked and all doors, the front hood, and the tailgate are closed, the vehicle automatically locks all doors when the driving speed exceeds 8 km/h.
Note车辆由静止到行驶的过程中,只能触发一次自动上锁功能。
Drive Away Locking will only be activated once the vehicle transitions from being stationary to moving.
Anti-Theft Alarm System
Once the vehicle is locked from the outside (including the hood and tailgate) with the smart key, mobile app, NFC feature or physical emergency key, the anti-theft alarm system will be automatically activated.
If someone tries to open the door in the absence of a valid smart key (or without valid authorization), the anti-theft alarm will be activated, and the turn lights and horn will both emit an alarm. You can unlock the vehicle from outside through the smart key, mobile app, and NFC feature to turn off the anti-theft alarm.
Door Handle
The outer door handles pop out automatically when the whole car is unlocked, you can touch the inner side of the door handle to open the door handle by sensing, then the door pops slightly while the window drops a little, and you can open the door easily. When closing the door, just give it a push and the door will be magnetically closed from a half-closed position, achieving an easy and convenient door opening and closing experience.
You can turn the door handle sensing feature on/off on the center display: enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors & Windows > Door Handle Sensing Open.
The outer door handles retract automatically when the vehicle is locked or the vehicle speed exceeds 8 km/h.
You can configure the automatic door handle retraction on the center display. Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Doors & Windows > Door Handle Sensing Retract. After enabling the function, the door handles will automatically retract in 20s after the vehicle is unlocked. This will prevent scratching pedestrians or being opened by strangers. The door handles can pop out again by touching the sensing region on the handles.
When the door automatically closes or the exterior door handles automatically retract, please ensure that occupants (especially children) keep their hands away from the door handles. Failure to do so may result in personal injury.
Note若佩戴绝缘手套导致门把手轻触功能失效,可手动轻拉门把手,即可实现开门及降窗操作。
If the door handle fails to extend because you are wearing insulated gloves, you can pull the door handle slightly to open the door or lower the window.
Caution若外门把手无法展开,可按住对应外门把手前部区域,即可手动展开车外门把手。
If the exterior door handles cannot extend automatically, push the front end of the exterior door handle to deploy the corresponding handle.
You can open the door from inside by pressing the electronic switch on the corresponding inner door handles. Press once if the door is unlocked, or press twice if the door is locked, then the corresponding door will pop open and the window glass will lower slightly.
CautionElectronic switch for the inner door handle
When the vehicle's speed is higher than 3km/h, the electronic switch for the inner door handle will be automatically disabled. Pay attention to driving safety.
The electronic switch for the inner door handle can only be turned on when there is a need to unbuckle the seat belt.
The window is allowed to drop to 20mm above the lowest point when the rear door is opened; It is allowed to drop to the lowest point when the rear door is closed.
Easy Entry
Easy Entry offers the driver and passengers multiple options and settings to make entering and exiting the vehicle more convenient.
Driver Easy Entry
After initializing the driver’s seat on the center display, you can set the most convenient exit position for you to get out of the vehicle. With the vehicle stopped and in PARK, the driver’s seat will move to the preset exit position (including the cushion position and backrest inclination) when you open the driver’s door, and the steering wheel will move to the uppermost position. This will provide you with a larger space to get in and out of the vehicle conveniently.
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Driver Seat > Driver Easy Entry to enable or disable this feature. You or an authorized user can personalize the exit position for the corresponding account. After manually adjusting the driver’s seat to your desired exit position, tap Position Adjustment > Driver Seat > Position Memory and choose Exit Position to save the current settings. Every time you open the driver’s door or unfasten the seat belt (which can be selected from the center display) to get out of the vehicle, the driver’s seat will move to the corresponding exit position.
Caution设置离车位置时,请勿将座椅调节至最后、靠背调节过低,避免影响后排乘客使用。
When setting the exit position, do not move the seat to the rearmost position or recline the backrest to the lowest position. Doing so may adversely affect the rear passengers. You can set the recommended optimal exit position on the center display.
After turning on Driver Seat Easy Entry, when you sit in the driver’s seat and close the door (or press the brake pedal), the driver’s seat, steering wheel, side mirrors and HUD height will automatically adjust to the settings saved in the system.
Front Passenger Easy Entry
If a passenger opens the front passenger door when the vehicle is stopped and in PARK, the front passenger seat will move to the preset exit position (the position of the cushion and inclination of the backrest will move to the rear, and the leg support will automatically move to its lowest position) to make entering and exiting the vehicle more convenient.
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Front Passenger Seat > Front Passenger Easy Entry to enable or disable this feature. Front Passenger Easy Entry has two setting options:
Exit: When the passenger unfastens the seat belt and opens the passenger door (which can be selected from the center display), the seat will move to the default position; when the passenger gets into the vehicle and closes the passenger door, the seat will remain unchanged from the default exit position.
Exit + Entry: When the passenger unfastens the seat belt or opens the passenger door, the seat will move to the default position; when the passenger gets into the vehicle and closes the passenger door, the seat will automatically move to the default position saved in the corresponding account (which can be edited from the center display).
Caution开启副驾驶轻松进出功能后,请注意周围环境及后排乘客的安全。
When using Front Passenger Easy Entry, it is recommended that you set the default position appropriately, and pay attention to the surrounding environment and the safety of any passengers in the second row.
Trunk Lid
Opening the Trunk Lid by Pressing
When you are carrying a smart key fob, you can open the trunk lid by gently pressing the button on the trunk lid handle.
While the trunk lid is opening, press and hold the button to automatically save the current trunk lid height.
Caution 打开尾门前需清除尾门上的附着物,如雪和冰。否则可能导致尾门打开后再次突然关闭。
Before opening the liftgate, ensure that it is clear of objects such as snow and ice. Otherwise, the liftgate may suddenly close on its own.
You can close the trunk lid simply by pressing a button.
Press the button on the trunk lid to automatically close and lock it.
Opening/Closing the Trunk Lid via the Center Display
Enter Quick Access from the center display by swiping right from the left edge and tapping Trunk to open the trunk.
Opening the trunk lid: Press and hold Open (Tap and Hold), and the trunk lid will open automatically.
Closing the trunk lid: Press and hold Close (Tap and Hold), and the trunk lid will close automatically.
When the trunk lid is closing or opening, tap the trunk lid Open or Close button to stop it.
Opening/Closing the Trunk Lid with the Smart Key Fob
Opening the trunk lid: Press and hold the Trunk Lid button on the smart key fob, and the trunk lid will open automatically.
Closing the trunk lid: Press and hold the Trunk Lid button on the smart key fob until the trunk lid closes.
Caution如果智能钥匙电量不足,则无法执行该操作,需及时更换电池。
This feature is unavailable when the smart key fob battery is low. Please replace the battery as soon as possible.
Opening/Closing the Trunk Lid via the NIO App
When the vehicle is in PARK and the doors are closed, you can tap My Car > Trunk on the NIO app to open the trunk lid. You will be notified if the trunk lid is opened successfully. Tap the highlighted Trunk button again to close the tailgate. If the trunk lid is obstructed while closing, you will be notified that the it has not closed successfully.
Caution只有车辆处于联网状态下,才能执行该操作。
This operation is only available when the vehicle is connected to the Internet.
Opening/Closing the Trunk Lid by Kicking
When your hands are occupied or it is inconvenient to use a key fob, you can kick open the trunk lid.
To open the trunk lid with a kicking motion, quickly move your foot back and forth (at least 10 cm) one time under the center of the rear bumper, or kick horizontally at least 10 cm below the rear bumper.
You must carry a Bluetooth digital key or a smart key fob to use this feature.
When kicking transversely, please kick in one direction and do not move back and forth frequently.
Do not park your feet under the bumper. Otherwise, the liftgate will not be activated.
Do not touch the liftgate before it stops moving.
The feature may be temporarily disabled for reasons including but not limited to:
The trunk is frequently opened or closed
The foot is not taken back in time
The kicking motion is not in the effective detection range
If the trunk lid is unresponsive, you can try again after several seconds, or use another approach to open or close it.
Caution 车辆需处于静止状态。脚踢的范围大约为车尾中间。
Ensure that the vehicle is stationary.
Ensure that the range of the kicking motion is roughly in the middle of the rear bumper.
Warning不要在尾门开启时驾驶。 在打开或关闭尾门前,确认无人在尾门旁,否则会有被夹住的危险。
Do not drive the vehicle when the liftgate is open.
To reduce the risk of being pinched, ensure that no one is near the liftgate operating area when opening or closing the liftgate.
Opening/Closing the Trunk Lid Manually
In case of an electrical failure, if the trunk lid is not properly closed, it needs to be manually operated in a slow and steady manner.
Warning避免大力快速开闭电动尾门,否则可能会导致组件损坏。
Avoid opening and closing the liftgate vigorously and quickly, as this may result in component damage.
Trunk Lid Anti-Pinch Protection
The trunk lid has the anti-pinch feature.
If an obstacle prevents the trunk lid from opening or closing, the trunk lid will stop its upward or downward motion and the anti-pinch feature will be enabled.
If the trunk lid is obstructed when opening, it will stop and sound a long alert.
If the trunk lid is obstructed when closing, it will stop, sound a long alert, and move in the opposite direction for a short distance.
Warning在打开或关闭前,确认无人在尾门旁,以防夹住可能导致人员受伤。
To reduce the risk of being pinched, ensure that no one is near the liftgate operating area before opening or closing the liftgate.
Window Control
The driver’s door has switches to control all of the four windows.
Driver’s side window
Passenger side window
Rear window – right
Rear window – left
Each of the other three doors also has a switch on the armrest to control the corresponding window.
To partially lower a window, toggle the corresponding switch forward; to fully lower a window, quickly toggle the switch forward all the way down and then release it (Quick Window Opening).
To partially close a window, toggle the corresponding switch backward; to fully close a window, quickly toggle the switch backward all the way down and then release it (Quick Window Closing).
When the vehicle is in PARK and the driver’s seat is unoccupied, you can use the smart key fob to control the windows. With the doors, hood and liftgate closed, press and hold the unlock button on the smart key fob to fully open all windows; then press and hold the lock button to fully close all windows; while the window is in motion, release the unlock or lock button to stop the windows at their current position.
All four windows feature anti-pinch protection. When an obstruction prevents the window from closing, the window will stop closing and move down slightly.
The window’s anti-pinch detection area is as follows:
Before closing a window, ensure that all occupants, especially children, keep their heads and hands away from the window’s opening. Although the windows feature anti-pinch protection, they may cause injury if you do not pay attention or close the windows in a reckless manner.
Under the following conditions, anti-pinch protection for the corresponding window will be temporarily disabled and Quick Window Closing won’t be available (but will automatically be restored after 10 seconds):
The window is frozen, which stops the window from moving up.
Anti-pinch protection is activated three times within 15 seconds, which stops the window from moving up.
If a power window does not function and anti-pinch protection fails (e.g. due to restarting the low voltage battery after a power failure), you can initialize it as follows:
Toggle the corresponding switch backward until the window is fully closed.
Release the switch and the window will move down slightly. Toggle the switch backward again until the window is fully closed.
Press the switch to lower the window until it is fully open.
Stone Guard Film
The stone guard film is located on both sides of the wheels at the rear of the body, which can effectively prevent the body paint from being scratched by hard granular objects such as gravel during fast driving, so as to maintain the integrity and aesthetics of the paint.
Note切勿在不采用任何额外保护的情况下部分或全部去除该薄膜,防止破坏车身油漆。
Never remove the film partially or completely without any additional protection, otherwise the body paint may be damaged.
Charging Instructions
In order to maintain the vehicle in good condition, please promptly charge the vehicle when the battery level is low.
To avoid accidents, do not charge the vehicle near any flammable gases or liquids and make sure to charge the vehicle in a ventilated area.
During charging, stay a safe distance from the charger to avoid any risks due to high voltage. Do not touch the charging connector’s metal pins or the charge port. Doing so may result in injury.
Minors are prohibited from using the charging equipment or approaching it during charging.
Charging equipment which shows signs of damage, rust, moisture or foreign matter should not be used for charging the vehicle.
Unauthorized modification or disassembly of the charging connector or equipment is prohibited.
Please use charging equipment that complies with local standards when charging the vehicle. Otherwise, it may result in a charging failure or cause damage to the vehicle, the charging equipment, or personal injury.
Do not charge the vehicle in heavy rain or extreme weather conditions. Doing so may result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging equipment.
Before charging, please check the charging connector and the vehicle’s charge port for any deformation, burn marks, or erosion. If any abnormality is found, do not charge the vehicle. Otherwise, it may result in damage to the vehicle, the charging device, or personal injury. Please contact NIO if necessary.
Before charging, please check the charging connector and the vehicle’s charge port for any dirt or foreign matter. The connector should be kept clean and failure to do so may result in a charging failure or damage to the vehicle’s charge port.
If the charging equipment malfunctions, please contact the charging equipment manufacturer. Do not attempt to fix it yourself.
After rain, please check if there is water in the charge port before charging the vehicle. Do not charge the vehicle when there is an obvious indicator of water in the charge port. Doing so may result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging equipment.
Do not use high pressure washers to clean the charge port while charging. Doing so may result in a charging failure or cause damage to either the vehicle or the charging equipment.
During fast charging, patients who are dependent on cardiac pacemakers should stay away from the vehicle in order to avoid electromagnetic interference between the cardiac pacemaker and the charging equipment. .
If the vehicle has a peculiar smell or emits smoke while charging, stop charging and contact NIO immediately.
Do not remove the charging connector before charging is completed. Doing so may cause an electric arc.
Caution环境温度过高或过低时都将影响充电时间,车辆长时间处于低温下将影响电池容量。
If the environmental temperature is too high or too low, the charging time will be affected. If the vehicle is kept in a low temperature environment for a long period of time, the battery capacity will be affected.
Charging Operations
You can charge the vehicle on both a private charging post and a public charging post.
Charging Process
Put the vehicle in Park, press the charge port cover to open it, or swipe right on the main page of the center display to enter Quick Setting and tap Charge Port, and the charge port cover will automatically open. The indicator of the charge port will light up white.
Do not forcefully adjust the charge port cover when it is active or open. Doing so may damage the cover.
Check whether the charging connector and charging equipment are in good condition, align the charger to the charge port of the vehicle, then the charger and the charge port will start matching: if the indicator of the charge port flashes and then lights up blue, the charge port is working properly; if the matching fails or times out, the blue light of the charge port will flash blue and then go out, and you will need to connect the charger again.
Turn the charging equipment on and start charging. You can tap My ET7 > Battery on the main page of the center display, or check the current charging status on the mobile app. The indicator light of the charge port should be blue during charging to indicate that it is charging.
If you are to manually stop charging midway, tap My ET7 > Battery on the main page of the center display after the vehicle is fully unlocked to stop charging, and wait for the indicator of the charge port to light up green to unplug the charger.
When the charging is complete, press the unlock button of the charger before unplugging the charger.
Caution车辆充电时,可先将车辆解锁,随后长按充电口关闭按钮,即可手动停止充电。
During charging, you can unlock the vehicle and press and hold the Close button near the charge port to manually stop charging.
If the indicator of the charge port flashes red during charging, switch to another charge post and try again. If the indicator light is still flashing red, stop charging immediately and contact the NIO Service Center.
After unplugging and putting away the charger, press down on the charge port cover, press the charge port close button, or tap Charge Port on the center display, and the charge port cover will be automatically closed.
When you charge your vehicle using NIO Power Home, the charge port cover will automatically open if you remove the charger from the port and will automatically close if you remove the charger from your vehicle. If the charge port cover is stuck on the charger while rotating to close automatically, press+hold the close button for 5 seconds, and the charge port cover will open automatically.
Unable to Unplug the Charger after Charging
If you are unable to unplug the charger after the vehicle is fully unlocked, try unplugging charger according to the steps below:
Re-plug in the charger to ensure that the unlock button of the charger pops up, and re-lock and unlock the whole vehicle, then press and hold the unlock button of the charger for 1 to 2 seconds, wait until the indicator of the charge port lights up green and then unplug the charger.
Open the rear trunk cover, pull the emergency unlocking cable of the electronic lock of the charge port, and then try to unplug the charger.
If you still cannot unplug the charger, stop charging immediately and contact the NIO Service Center.
Battery Level and Charging Display
The status of the current high-voltage battery and some warning information related to the battery can be displayed on the digital instrument cluster.
Current Power Display
It indicates the current power value of the high-voltage battery when it provides power or recovers energy from regenerative braking.
High-voltage Battery Energy Bar
This energy bar indicates the power provided by the high-voltage battery; a green energy bar indicates the power during regenerative braking.
Range
It indicates the remainder range supported by the high-voltage battery in the current state.
When the remainder range is less than 60 km (the value is configurable), the icon turns yellow; when it is less than 10 km, the icon turns red.
Before charging or after stopping the vehicle, you can configure the desired charging settings on the center display. When the predetermined charge limit is reached, the charging will be automatically stopped and a reminder will be displayed on the instrument cluster, which fulfills the needs of users in different scenarios and delivers a truly user-friendly charging experience. The charging upper limit of this feature is set to 90% by default; however, you may access the Settings interface in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Battery to slide the battery in the vehicle model for adjustment; the adjustment range is 50%-100%.
You can access the Vehicle Information option through the menu button on the right side of the steering wheel, and view the current and voltage values of the current high-voltage battery.
The indicators related to the battery level on the digital instrument cluster are as follows:
Displayed Icon on Instrument Cluster
Description
Normal indicator of high-voltage battery
This indicator indicates that the current high-voltage battery is operating normally.
Low battery indicator of high-voltage battery
This indicator indicates that the current high-voltage battery is low on power. Please charge it in time. Please contact the NIO Service Center if necessary.
High-voltage battery cut-off warning light
At this time, your vehicle is not energized by the high-voltage battery. Please contact the NIO Service Center if necessary.
Low voltage battery charging fault warning light
If this warning light illuminates, please contact the NIO Service Center immediately.
High-voltage battery fault warning light
If this warning light illuminates, please stop the car immediately and contact the NIO Service Center.
If this warning light illuminates, please stop the car immediately and contact the NIO Service Center.
Ice- and snow-covered road indicator
This indicator lights up to indicate that the current ambient temperature is too low, which may affect the performance of the high-voltage battery.
Charging cable connected indicator
This indicator lights up to indicate that the charging cable is currently connected.
Battery Preconditioning
The charging speed of high-voltage batteries slows down in cold conditions such as winter. When the Battery Preconditioning feature is enabled, the high-voltage battery can be warmed up to a certain extent in advance before the vehicle reaches the energy replenishment point (Power Home ) to improve the charging speed of the vehicle.
On-Route Battery Warmup
The On-Route Battery Warmup feature is enabled by default. You can go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and select to enter the Battery interface to disable the feature. After this feature is enabled, when the destination or waypoint in the navigation state is the charging station , the vehicle will automatically start the high-voltage battery preconditioning on the premise that it can ensure arrival at the destination, so as to improve the charging efficiency. On-Route Battery Warmup only advances the battery warming step and does not waste additional charging energy.
In the navigation state, the On-Route Battery Warmup feature will be automatically activated under the following conditions. The current preconditioning status will be displayed on the status bar at the top of the center display:
The navigation destination or waypoint is a Charging Station , or a service area with a Charging Station .
The driver is seated.
The current remainder range is more than 120 km.
The vehicle is not in ECO+ mode.
You can manually disable the On-Route Battery Warmup feature by selecting "Disable This Time" (enabled by default next time) or "Keep Disabled".
This feature will automatically deactivate the preconditioning process (the switch remains on) in one of the following conditions:
Connect a charger.
Turn off the navigation or stop navigating to the Charging Station .
The current remainder range does not support a preconditioning to the destination with 20 km remaining.
The vehicle enters ECO+ mode.
Manual Battery Warmup
The Manual Battery Warmup feature is disabled by default. If you are familiar with the charging route and do not need to follow the navigation guide to the charging point, it is recommended to enter the Battery interface on the center display in a low temperature environment and enable the Manual Battery Warmup feature. The vehicle will enable the high-voltage battery preconditioning to improve charging efficiency. When starting Manual Battery Warmup, it is necessary to ensure that the ambient temperature is below 20 ℃ and the vehicle's remainder range is greater than 10 kilometers.
You can enable or disable the Manual Battery Warmup feature on the center display . The status bar at the top of the center display shows the current preconditioning status.
This feature will automatically deactivate the preconditioning process (the switch is off now) in one of the following conditions:
Connect a charger.
The On-Route Battery Warmup feature is enabled.
The battery has been warmed up to the set temperature and maintained for 1 hour.
The vehicle enters ECO+ mode.
Caution低温充电预热功能激活后,手动充电预热功能不可用。
Activating the battery preconditioning feature will increase power consumption to a certain extent. Please plan your trip in a reasonable manner or use this feature appropriately.
After the On-Route Battery Warmup feature is activated, the Manual Battery Warmup feature will not be available.
The Manual Battery Warmup feature cannot determine the impact of preconditioning on the range to the destination on its own. Please pay attention closely to whether the current range supports reaching the destination before activating this feature.
Smart Charging
Smart charging can reduce cost in home charging for those users, who have a dynamic or day/night energy tariff at their home by automatically charging vehicle at cheaper times.
Two types of smart charging as follows:
NIO smart charging: works with every energy provider.
Tibber smart charging: works only with Tibber, user needs to subscribe to their energy contract.
As NIO smart charging and Tibber smart charging might influence each other, users should have activated only one smart charging solution per location.
NIO Smart Charging
Feature can be activated in vehicle settings and will be remembered in this location.
How does it work:
User plugs in vehicle at an AC charger, preferred at home.
User activates feature via vehicle settings (Vehicle Settings > Battery) .
User selects charging strategy:
Dynamic price optimization chooses the cheapest hours to charge the required energy amount until the end time set by the user.
Preferred charging times delays charging to the user configured time.
User sets time when charging should be done on a daily basis (example 7:30 am). NIO will create charging plan based on the settings and user information. The vehicle will start and stop automatically according to the plan.
Dynamic price optimization will start and stop charging to catch the cheapest hours until the end time that was set by the user.
Preferred charging times delays charging to the user configured time.
If the charging light turns orange, it means that the smart charging reservation is successful and the car is ready for charging. If the light turns white, it means the charging is completed.
Vehicle will be done charging the next day at the time that user set.
All the smart charging settings will be saved specifically in each Smart Charging location. If the users reenters the locations, all the settings will be automatically recovered.
Smart charging function supports the creation of up to 10 locations. Unwanted locations can be removed on the navigation page - Favorites Management page. This function only activates for AC charging.
Tibber Smart Charging
User needs to subscribe to the Tibber electricity contract and have a smart meter at home. Activation is possible with every AC charging station/home charging cable.
How does it work:
User subscribes to Tibber.
User is onboarded by Tibber, opens the App.
User activates the Power-Up "NIO" in the Tibber App.
User logs in once with the NIO credentials.
User sets the departure times per weekday day in Tibber App.
Vehicle charging at the Tibber Home location will be controlled by Tibber from now on.
User can always control the charging in the Tibber App. To stop Tibber from controlling your vehicle altogether - go to the Power-ups section in the Tibber app and disconnect the NIO Power-up. Or contact the Tibber support.
Specifically for problems (App doesn't work, charging doesn't work, etc...) or general questions (how do I sign up, when will my account be active, etc...), please direct them to the local Tibber.com, which redirects to the local website.
High and Low Beams
You can adjust the state of the high and low beams through the light control lever on the left side of the steering wheel.
Push the light control lever forward to turn on the auto high beams (AHB); push it forward again to turn on the high beams.
Pull the light control lever backward to turn off the high beams; push the lever back and forth to control the flashing.
Note只有在打开自动大灯或大灯开启时才能使用。
Auto High Beams are only available when the headlights are set to the Auto mode or the feature is turned on.
Turn Lights
Turn left: move the light control lever down
Turn right: move the light control lever up
The turn signal lights go off when the steering wheel returns, or when you move the control lever back to the middle.
When the turn lights light up, the corresponding indicator light on the digital instrument cluster will light up as well, accompanied by a “tick-tock” sound.
Fog Lights
You can turn on the front and rear fog lights by pressing the button on the top of the light control lever. When the fog lights light up, the position lights will be automatically turned on as well.
The sequence by which the lights turn on is:
Press the first time: turn on front fog lights.
Press the second time: turn on rear fog lights.
Press the third time: turn off rear fog lights.
Press the fourth time: turn off front fog lights.
If pressed again, the above sequence will be repeated.
When the fog lights light up, the corresponding indicator light on the digital instrument cluster will light up as well, indicating the status of the feature being turned on.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Light > Exterior Light. Short press Front Fog Light and Rear Fog Light to turn on/off the front/rear fog lights.
Alternatively, swipe right from the left of the center display to enter the Quick Settings page, and short press Front Fog Light and Rear Fog Light to turn on/off the front/rear fog lights.
Position Lights
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap Lights > Exterior Lighting > Headlights, and select to enable Auto High Beams. During the daytime, the front position lights are illuminated as daytime running lights, and the rear position lights are automatically turned on; During nighttime, both the front and rear position lights are automatically illuminated.
cEnter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap Lights > Exterior Lighting > Headlights, and select to manually turn on the position lights. At this setting, both the front and rear position lights will remain continuously illuminated.
Welcome Lighting
When you approach the vehicle with a valid Smart Key or authorized mobile phone (within a range of approximately 8 meters) or unlock the vehicle, the front headlights and position lights will automatically illuminate (when the ambient light is dim, the puddle lights on the side mirrors will also light up), welcoming your presence. At this time, the vehicle will match your account information and automatically retrieve your personalized settings to make corresponding adjustments (such as seat settings, air conditioning settings, media settings, and interior lights settings) in advance.
Outer Door Handle Courtesy Lights
Each outer door handle is equipped with a door handle courtesy light. The outer door handles will automatically pop out when the entire vehicle is unlocked, and the outer door handle courtesy lights will be turned on to illuminate the area around the door for you. The outer door handle courtesy lights will be turned off when the outer door handles are retracted.
Reading Lights
Automatic Control of Reading Lights
When you unlock the vehicle or open any door (or liftgate), the reading lights turn on automatically to illuminate the cabin. The reading lights turn off automatically if any of the following conditions is met. In this case, you can turn on the reading lights by touching the switch on the headliner.
When the vehicle is not locked from the outside and you turn on a front reading light by touching the switch on the headliner, the reading light can only be turned off manually.
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Lights > Auto Reading Lights to automatically turn on/off the reading lights.
Manual Control of Reading Lights
You can manually turn on the reading lights to illuminate the cabin when placing objects, viewing a map, or reading documents. Touch switches controlling the reading lights are located on the front headliner. To turn a reading light on/off, touch the corresponding switch; To turn all of the reading lights on/off, enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap Lights > Reading Lights.
When the vehicle is locked from the outside (with a smart key fob or the NIO app), all reading lights will be turned off.
If the front reading lights are turned on through a separate switch in the headliner, they cannot be turned on or off through the main reading light switch, and can only be controlled through the separate switch. If the front reading lights are turned off, the front and rear reading lights can be turned on or off simultaneously through the main reading light switch.
When your vehicle is not locked externally, if the front reading lights are turned on manually through the touch switch in the headliner, they will not be turned off automatically and need to be turned off manually.
Puddle Lights
There are one puddle light under each door and two puddle lights on the liftgate. The puddle lights illuminate the ground at night to prevent you and passengers from stepping into a puddle.
The puddle light turns on when a corresponding door or the liftgate is opened, and turns off after it remains open for 10 minutes or is closed.
Smart Ambient Lights
The smart ambient lights are located on the doors, storage areas and floor. You can set your preferred ambient lighting and enjoy the delightful atmosphere it creates.
You can turn on ambient lighting on the center display. In this case, the default ambient lighting effect for the current drive mode will be turned on. Swipe right on the home page to visit Quick Access, tap Ambient Lighting to select your desired color and brightness for ambient lighting in different positions (doors, storage areas, and floor), which will be saved to your settings. You can also set different ambient lighting modes, such as Breathing and Rhythmic. This setting will be saved on the center display.
The ambient lighting also functions together with the side door opening warning feature. When any door is opened, the ambient lighting on the corresponding side will change to red.
Illuminated Door Sill Inlays
In order to provide a delightful entry and exit, when any door is opened, the door sill inlay of the corresponding door will light up to illuminate the cabin and surrounding environment.
Vanity Mirror Lights
Vanity mirrors are provided on the two sun visors on the front headliner. The vanity mirrors are automatically illuminated when opened.
Follow Me Home
The vehicle is equipped with the Follow Me Home feature. When you lock your vehicle and are ready to leave it at night, the low beams, the side mirror puddle lights and position lights will be turned on to illuminate the road ahead for you.
Go to the Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, and tap Lights > Exterior Lighting > Follow Me Home to set the duration of the headlights.
Minimal Lighting
When the vehicle is parked, you can go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Lights > Interior Lighting > Minimal Light to enable the feature. All ambient lighting, reading lights, and headlights will be turned off to achieve one-click minimal lighting.
When the minimal lighting is activated, all ambient lighting adjustment features will be disabled.
If you manually adjust the exterior lights when minimal lighting is activated, the minimal lighting will be automatically deactivated.
If you switch gears or manually exit the minimal lighting, the exterior lights and ambient lighting will return to their previous state, and the reading lights will remain off.
Full Brightness
To enable the feature, go to the Settings interface via the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Lights > Interior Lighting > Full Brightness. To assist you in finding objects in the vehicle, all ambient lighting and reading lights will be turned on to maximum brightness.
When the Full Brightness is activated, all ambient light adjustment features will be deactivated.
If you manually adjust the exterior lights when Full Brightness is activated, the Full Brightness will be automatically deactivated.
If Full Brightness is manually exit, the exterior lights and ambient lights will return to their previous state, and the reading light will be turned off.
Soft Glow
To enable the feature, go to the Settings interface via the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Lights > Interior Lighting > Soft Glow. To provide a comfortable sleeping environment, the ambient lighting on the floorboard inside the vehicle will be slightly lit, and the ambient lighting and reading lights on the doors and storage will be turned off.
When the night lighting is activated, all ambient lighting adjustment features will be deactivated.
If you manually adjust the exterior lights when the night lighting is activated, the Full Brightness will be automatically deactivated.
If you manually exit the night lighting, the exterior lights and ambient lighting will return to their previous state, and the reading lights will remain off.
Trunk Lighting
When you open the tailgate, the trunk lighting will automatically light up.
The trunk lighting will automatically turn off when closing the liftgate or after 10 minutes.
Linking Key to Account
When the vehicle is first activated and passes the verification process, the key is automatically bound to the owner's account. Subsequently, when using the key to unlock the vehicle, it will automatically load the owner's account data.
The owner can use the mobile App's key management interface to bind the key with authorized accounts. As a result, when authorized users use their corresponding keys to unlock the vehicle, the bound authorized account's content will be automatically loaded. The owner can view the bound account information and perform unbinding operations on the mobile App. Both the owner and user of the bound account will receive SMS and mobile App notifications upon successful binding or unbinding.
Note钥匙与账户绑定
The Key's binding to the account can only be modified by the vehicle's owner. Before being bound to the Key, additional NIO accounts need to be authorized first.
The bond between the authorized user and the key is automatically lifted synchronously if the owner ceases authorizing.
Guest Mode is only available for Smart Key that is bound to the owner's account. When a Smart Key bound to the authorized user's account is used to unlock the vehicle, the authorized user's information will be automatically loaded.
Switching Accounts
You or an authorized user can switch between user accounts on the center display to load the corresponding settings (for example, seat, steering wheel, HUD settings, etc.).
You, a co-user or an authorized user can switch between user accounts on the center display and load the corresponding settings in either of the following two ways:
When the vehicle is connected to the network, or there is currently no network available but you have logged in in the past, tap the profile photo on the center display or Account > Switch Accounts in Settings to view a list of all the valid accounts (including the owner's account, co-user accounts, and authorized user accounts). Tap the corresponding profile photo or user name to switch to the account, and log in with this account after verification (by scanning the QR code with the NIO app or entering the verification code received on your phone). You can also enable Passwordless Login in Accounts > Face ID and Password for easy login and account switch.
To switch accounts automatically through face recognition, tap your profile photo on the center display or Settings > Account > Face ID and Password, and enter face recognition data to enable this feature. After you unlock the vehicle and enter the driver's seat, look straight ahead, and the vehicle will automatically recognize the corresponding account information and load the corresponding custom settings. If the recognized user's face doesn't match the current account, but matches another valid account (for example, this may happen if you've lent the key fob to a family member), the vehicle will automatically switch the account to match the current user.
Caution只有在非驾驶状态可以进行切换账户的操作
You can only switch accounts when the vehicle is not being driven.
In Guest Mode, the vehicle will not save any customized settings (such as the driver’s seat position).
Authorized Unlocking
If you want to lend your vehicle to others, you can authorize users registered on the NIO App to use your vehicle. An authorized user can access authorized features by using their NFC key or verified NIO App.
Authorization by Owner
You can tap Profile Photo > Account Settings on the Settings interface of the NIO App or in the upper left corner of the center display, and then enter the gesture password of your vehicle to go to the authorization management interface.
You can authorize a user and set related authorized features by entering his/her NIO App user name. Up to nine users can be authorized. After setting the user's authorization, you can tap the profile photo or user name of the authorized user to view the user's detailed information and authorized features (such as media, video and safe box). If the current authorization is active, you can also edit the range of authorized access or disable the user's authorization. An authorized user can only access authorized features, and cannot manage authorization or set the guest mode.
After the vehicle is locked, if you unlock the vehicle using your smart key, the vehicle will automatically log in to the owner's account.
For safety reasons, if you cancel authorization when an authorized user is driving the vehicle, it won’t take effect until the authorized user stops and locks the vehicle.
If the authorized user has a NIO account, the authorization will take effect immediately after it is completed. If the authorized user doesn’t have a NIO account, the authorization will become effective only after the user registers a NIO account.
Unlocking by an Authorized User
An authorized user can unlock the vehicle using his/her NFC key or NIO App. To view the account information and authorized features of an authorized user, tap his/her profile photo on the center display:
NFC unlocking: Open the NFC key App on the mobile phone and place it close to the center area of vehicle body on the left side.
Remote unlocking by NIO App: Tap "Door Locks" on the "My Vehicle" interface in NIO App.
Guest Mode
If you want to lend the vehicle to others by giving them a smart key fob, tap your profile photo on the center display and choose Guest Mode to protect your privacy (e.g. navigation history, contacts, videos, photos). Only default features such as climate control, weather and navigation (with no access to History or Favorites) are available to guests.
With the Guest Mode on, the vehicle will show the features exclusive to the Guest Mode after the vehicle user unlocks and enters the vehicle by using the smart key. To exit the Guest Mode, enter the gesture password of the vehicle.
You can only set Guest Mode when the vehicle is not being driven.
If a smart key fob is linked to the owner’s account and your vehicle is not in Guest Mode, the vehicle will automatically log into the owner’s account when a user unlocks the vehicle using a smart key fob.
Service Authorization
You or an authorized user can send a service request to NIO on the NIO app. NIO manages and authorizes service specialists to temporarily access the vehicle and conduct the requested service (e.g. One Click for Power). NIO retrieves the authorization after the service is completed.
After obtaining authorization, service specialists can unlock the vehicle using an NFC key within a specified time frame and use authorized features. The center display shows the account information of the authorized service specialist and the authorized features available to them. Authorized service specialists cannot manage authorization, set Guest Mode, link the vehicle to a key fob, or switch accounts.
After the service is completed, all doors and the liftgate should be locked. If a door or the liftgate is not locked, you will be notified on the NIO app.
Driver Seat Position Memory Adjustment
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Seat > Driver > Seat Position Memory to configure your personalized settings. According to the preferences set for the user account, the vehicle will automatically adjust the driver seat, steering wheel, side mirrors, and HUD height to the corresponding user's habitual state. After adjusting the front passenger seat forward or backward or its backrest position with the buttons on it, you can press the button Drive/Alternate/Rest/Exit on the driver's seat memory interface on the center display to set up personalized positions in different scenes and save the modified settings to the corresponding user's personal account.
After you are seated in the driver's seat (the driver's door needs to be closed), press the button of the corresponding position on the driver's memory interface. The vehicle will automatically adjust the seat to the latest personalized settings in this position saved by the user.
If the user changes the settings again during use of the vehicle (such as the position of the driver seat), tap the Save button of the corresponding position on the driver's memory interface, and the updated settings will be saved in the corresponding position under the user's personal account to replace the original settings.
Warning车辆行驶中禁止调节座椅位置,防止发生意外事故。
To prevent accidents, do not adjust your seat position while driving.
Caution进行主驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅和方向盘附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats are unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to avoid damaging the headliner.
While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center display to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of your safety.
Steering Wheel Position Memory Adjustment
You can go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel > Seat Position Memory to configure your personalized settings. After adjusting the position of the steering wheel with the buttons on it, you can press the button Drive/Alternate/Rest/Other on the driver's seat memory interface on the center display to set up personalized positions in different scenes and save the modified settings to the corresponding user's personal account.
After you are seated in the driver's seat (the driver's door needs to be closed), press the button of the corresponding position on the driver's memory interface, and the steering wheel will be automatically adjusted to the latest personalized settings in this position saved by the user.
If the user changes the settings again during use of the vehicle (such as the position of the steering wheel), tap the Save button of the corresponding position on the driver's memory interface, and the updated settings will be saved in the corresponding position under the user's personal account to replace the original settings.
Warning方向盘位置调节不当或坐姿不当会带来人身伤害,建议方向盘与胸部之间距离不小于25厘米。
To prevent accidents, do not adjust the position of your steering wheel while driving.
Improper adjustment of the steering wheel position or an improper sitting posture can cause injury. It is recommended that the distance between the steering wheel and your chest be no less than 25 centimeters.
Caution进行主驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅和方向盘附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats are unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to avoid damaging the headliner.
While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center display to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of your safety.
Side Mirrors Position Memory Adjustment
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Position Memory to configure your personalized settings. After adjusting the position of the side mirrors, you can press the button Drive/Alternate/Rest/Other on the driver's seat memory interface on the center display to set up personalized positions in different scenes and save the modified settings to the corresponding user's personal account.
After you are seated in the driver's seat (the driver's door needs to be closed), press the button of the corresponding position on the driver's memory interface, and the side mirrors will be automatically adjusted to the latest personalized settings in this position saved by the user.
If the user changes the settings again during use of the vehicle (such as the position of the side mirrors), tap the Save button of the corresponding position on the driver's memory interface, and the updated settings will be saved in the corresponding position under the user's personal account to replace the original settings.
Warning车辆行驶中禁止调节外后视镜,防止发生意外事故
To prevent accidents, do not adjust the side mirrors while driving.
Caution进行主驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅和方向盘附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a safe environment, the seat and steering wheel are clear of obstacles, and the rear seats are unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to avoid damaging the headliner.
While driving, do not operate any buttons on the memory interface on the center display to adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel or side mirrors and be mindful of your safety.
When reversing the vehicle, the side mirrors can automatically tilt downward to provide a clear view of the ground. To enable this feature, go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirrors > Auto-Tilt When Reversing. After tilting down, the position of the side mirrors can be adjusted. The newly adjusted position will be automatically saved to the user's personal account (no need to set it on memory interface on the center display). When the user reverses the vehicle next time, the side mirrors will automatically tilt down to this position. When exiting R gear, the side mirrors will be adjusted to the driving position of the driver's memory interface.
When the side mirrors are automatically tilting to a saved position, if you adjust a side mirror manually, the side mirrors will stop tilting and save the new position to the corresponding account.
Front Passenger Seat Position Memory Adjustment
Before using the front passenger seat memory feature, you are required to put the vehicle in P gear. Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Position Adjustment > Seat > Front Passenger > Seat Position Memory, and configure your personalized settings on this interface (default position cannot be changed). After adjusting the position of the front passenger seat with the buttons on it, you can press the button Regular/Alternate/Rest/Other on the front passenger seat memory interface on the center display to set up personalized positions in different scenes and save the modified settings to the corresponding user's personal account.
After you are seated in the front passenger seat, press the button of the corresponding position on the front passenger seat memory interface, and the vehicle will automatically adjust the seat to the latest personalized settings in this position saved by the user.
If the user changes the front passenger seat position again during use of the vehicle, tap the Save button of the corresponding position on the front passenger seat memory interface, and the updated settings will be saved in the corresponding position under the user's personal account to replace the original settings.
Caution进行副驾驶座椅记忆初始化设置前,请确保车辆周围环境安全并处于 P 挡,且座椅附近无异物,后排无乘客,请将座椅高度降低,头枕降至最低以防触碰顶棚。
Before initializing the driver’s seat memory, ensure that the vehicle is in PARK in a safe environment, the seat is clear of obstacles, the footrest is stowed, and the rear seat is unoccupied. Please also lower the seat height, and adjust the headrest to the lowest position to avoid damaging the headliner.
Driver Seat Adjustment
Adjusting Seat Position with Buttons
You can adjust the position of the driver seat, which is a 14-way adjustable seat, with 4-way power lumber support and a 4-way power headrest.
Cushion length
Push this button forward and backward to adjust the cushion length by up to 60 mm.
Cushion height
To move the seat up or down, push the switch in the corresponding direction.
Adjusting seat position
Push this button forward and backward to move the seat forward or backward. The seat can be moved forward up to 190 mm and backward up to 60 mm.
Seat height
Push up and down in the middle of this button to increase or decrease the seat height.
Backrest inclination
Toggle this button forward or backward to adjust the backrest. The backrest can be reclined up to 70 degrees and is set to 25 degrees by default.
Lumber support
To adjust the lumber support, press the corresponding position on the switch.
Make sure there is a safe space around the seat and any rear children, passengers, pets, etc., before you make any adjustments to the seat (such as moving the seat forward or backward, adjusting the seat's height or backrest, etc.). Be sure not to crush or strike any children, passengers, or pets in the back seats.
Before adjusting your seat (forward and backward, height, backrest, leg rest, etc.), please ensure that there is a sufficient safety space in the surrounding environment to avoid deformation and fracture risks caused by compression and collision with surrounding components (foot rest, leg support, seat cup holder, armrest, etc.) during the seat adjustment process.
Adjust the driver's seat position, headrest, etc. while your vehicle is parked. While the vehicle is in motion, adjustments to the seat or other parts of the vehicle can pose safety risks.
During the seat adjustment process (moving it forward or backward, adjusting the seat's height or backrest, etc.), avoid putting hands or other body parts in the seat's range of motion to prevent potential pinching or collision.
After seat position adjustment, please ensure the seat is locked.
Ensure that children do not make any adjustments to the seats, as doing so may result in a risk of being pinched.
With Easy Entry on, make sure there is sufficient safe space in both the front and rear rows for children, passengers, and pets. Take precautions to avoid crushing or bumping when adjusting the seat.
Please wait until Easy Entry has been completed before starting the vehicle. Performing any operation at this time may lead to the loss of vehicle control and cause an accident.
It is recommended to turn off Easy Entry if children frequently occupy the back row.
Before starting your vehicle, please ensure that your seat is adjusted to its recommended position (refer to the recommended sitting postures and seat positions in the User Manual).
Controlling Seat Movement via the Center Display
You can control the movement of the driver seat from the center display.
On the driver seat control page on the center display, tap the control arrows for Position, Backrest and Cushion to adjust the position of the driver seat, the backrest folding angle and the position of the cushion.
The center display provides five positions: Drive, Relax, Exit and two Alternate positions. Each position needs to be set individually.
To set the memorized positions:
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Driver Seat to set the position of the driver seat. When setting the position for the first time, adjust the seat position using the seat buttons or the center display, and set customized positions for different scenarios. Select Drive/Relax/Exit/Alternate. The settings will then be automatically saved to the corresponding user account. To update a position, just press and hold it to reset when the seat is in the desired position.
Correct Sitting for the Driver
To minimize potential risks and keep you safe, adjust the seat as follows:
Move the seat forward or backward to the appropriate position, and make sure that the accelerator pedal and the brake pedal can be easily pressed.
Adjust the seat backrest to a suitable straight-backed position, and make sure that the back fits perfectly with the backrest and that the backrest angle is not too large.
Adjust the seat to a suitable height when two hands can comfortably hold the steering wheel.
Adjust the steering wheel, and make sure a clearance of at least 25 cm between the driver's chest and the steering wheel.
Adjust the headrest, and make sure that the headrest center and the driver's eyes are on the same level.
Place the middle part of the seat belt between the neck and shoulders. Tighten the lower part of the belt around the hip (not the abdomen).
While operating the vehicle, you should avoid the following actions as they may cause safety risks:
Do not use seat cover of any kind or modify the seat surface by yourself. In the event of a collision, the seat covers or the modified upholstery can seriously limit the deployment of side airbags, significantly reducing the protection of occupants and increasing the risk of injury.
Do not place any objects under the seat. There may be safety risks during seat adjustment, collision, or sudden acceleration/deceleration.
Do not hang other objects (such as clothes hangers) on the seat or headrest. In case of collision, sudden acceleration or deceleration, such objects may add to the risk of injury.
Only one person can ride in each seat while the vehicle is in motion. Infants or children should not share a seat and seat belt with an adult or sit on the lap of an adult. In case of collision, sudden acceleration or deceleration, such postures may pose a safety risk and cause injury to occupants, infants, and children.
Headrests for front and rear seats should not be switched, otherwise, the headrests may not be adjusted to the correct height and position. This will increase the risk of head and neck injuries in case of accidents or emergency braking.
An excessive backrest angle may result in serious injury in case of collision. Please refer to the recommended correct seat positions.
Individuals with limited pain perception due to illness, ages, or other conditions should use the temperature control system and seat heating carefully to avoid potential low-temperature burns due to prolonged use.
Do not use non-driving seat positions such as Comfortable Reclining Position while your vehicle is in motion (please refer to the recommended sitting postures and seat positions during driving). In the event of a collision or sudden acceleration or deceleration, this can increase the risk of injuries or serious injuries.
Passenger Seat Adjustment
Adjusting Seat Position with Buttons
The front passenger can adjust the seat. The power passenger seat is a 14-way adjustable seat, with 4-way power lumber support and 4-way power headrest.
Cushion length
Push this button forward and backward to adjust the cushion length by up to 60 mm.
Cushion height
Push this button up and down on either side to move the cushion up or down.
Adjusting seat position
Push this button forward and backward to move the seat forward or backward. The seat can be moved forward up to 190 mm and backward up to 60 mm.
Seat height
Push up and down in the middle of this button to increase or decrease the seat height.
Backrest inclination
Push the upper end of this button forward and backward to adjust the backrest inclination. The backrest can be reclined up to 70 degrees and is set to 25 degrees by default.
Lumber support
To adjust the lumber support, press the corresponding position on the switch.
Before seat adjustment (forward and backward, height, backrest, etc.), make sure that there is sufficient safe space for the seat and children, occupants, and pets in the rear row to avoid squeezing or smacking into children, occupants, and pets in the rear row.
Adjust the passenger seat position and headrest when the vehicle is in PARK. Seat position and other adjustments while driving may cause safety risks.
During seat adjustment (forward and backward, height, backrest, etc.), avoid putting your hands or other parts of the body on the seat movement path to prevent pinching and colliding.
Ensure that the seat is locked after position adjustment.
Children should not adjust the seat for there is a risk of being caught.
When Easy Entry is turned on, make sure that there is enough safe space for children, occupants, and pets in the front and rear rows to prevent the seat from squeezing or smacking into them when moving.
Do not start the vehicle until the Easy Entry feature is finished safely. Any operation before that may cause the vehicle to lose control and cause accidents.
It is recommended to turn off Easy Entry if there are often children passengers in the rear row.
Controlling Seat Movement via the Center Display
Passengers can control the movement of the front passenger seat from the center display.
On the front passenger seat control page on the center display, tap the control arrows for Position, Backrest and Cushion to adjust the position of the front passenger seat, the backrest folding angle and the position of the cushion.
The center display provides four positions: Default, Frequent, Relax, and Alternate. Among them, the Default position cannot be changed, and the Frequent, Relax, and Alternate positions need to be set individually.
To set the memorized positions:
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Front Passenger Seat to set the position of the front passenger seat. When setting the position for the first time, adjust the seat position using the seat buttons or the center display, and set customized positions for different scenarios. Select Frequent/Relax/Alternate. The settings will then be automatically saved to the corresponding user account. To update a position, just press and hold it to reset when the seat is in the desired position.
Swipe right from the left side of the home page on the center display to enter the Quick Settings page, and tap Passenger Seat Adjustment to directly enter the front passenger seat adjustment page. The adjustment method is as described above.
Controlling Seat Movement via the Rear Display
Passengers in the rear can control the movement of the front passenger seat from the rear display.
Swipe down from the top of the rear display to enter the Quick Settings page. Two buttons are provided: Rear Premium and Reset Front Passenger Seat.
Rear Premium: Move the front passenger seat to the Rear Premium position.
Reset Front Passenger Seat: Restore the front passenger seat to its default position.
Correct Sitting for the Front Passenger
To minimize potential risks and keep you safe, adjust the seat as follows:
Move the seat forward or backward to the appropriate position, and put both feet in front of the seat.
Adjust the seat backrest to a suitable straight-backed position, and make sure that the back fits perfectly with the backrest and that the backrest angle is not too large.
Adjust the headrest, and make sure that the headrest center and the passenger's eyes are on the same level.
Place the middle part of the seat belt between the neck and shoulders. Tighten the lower part of the belt around the hip (not the abdomen).
While operating the vehicle, you should avoid the following actions as they may cause safety risks:
Do not use seat cover of any kind or modify the seat surface by yourself. In the event of a collision, the seat covers or the modified upholstery can seriously limit the deployment of side airbags, significantly reducing the protection of occupants and increasing the risk of injury.
Do not place any objects under the seat. There may be safety risks during seat adjustment, collision, or sudden acceleration/deceleration.
Do not hang other objects (such as clothes hangers) on the seat or headrest. In case of collision, sudden acceleration or deceleration, such objects may add to the risk of injury.
Only one person can ride in each seat while the vehicle is in motion. Infants or children should not share a seat and seat belt with an adult or sit on the lap of an adult. In case of collision, sudden acceleration or deceleration, such postures may pose a safety risk and cause injury to occupants, infants, and children.
Headrests for front and rear seats should not be switched, otherwise, the headrests may not be adjusted to the correct height and position. This will increase the risk of head and neck injuries in case of accidents or emergency braking.
An excessive backrest angle may result in serious injury in case of collision. Please refer to the recommended correct seat positions.
Individuals with limited pain perception due to illness, ages, or other conditions should use the temperature control system and seat heating carefully to avoid potential low-temperature burns due to prolonged use.
Do not use non-driving seat positions such as Comfortable Reclining Position while your vehicle is in motion (please refer to the recommended sitting postures and seat positions during driving). In the event of a collision or sudden acceleration or deceleration, this can increase the risk of injuries or serious injuries.
Warning副驾驶座椅请勿让儿童单独乘坐或怀抱儿童乘坐等以下图示行为:
The behaviors shown in the following figure are not allowed, such as letting a child ride alone or holding a child in the front passenger seat:
Rear Seat Adjustment
To adjust the lumber support, press the corresponding position on the switch.
Correct Sitting for Rear Passengers
To minimize potential risks and keep you safe, adjust the seat as follows:
Adjust the headrest, and make sure that the headrest center and the passenger's eyes are on the same level.
Put both feet in front of the rear seat.
Place the middle part of the seat belt between the neck and shoulders, and tighten the lower part of the belt around the hip (not the abdomen).
When riding with children, suitable child safety seats should be used to keep them safe. For details, refer to the child safety seat section.
Rear Premium
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap Position Adjustment > Front Passenger Seat > Rear Premium, and the front passenger seat will move to the most forward position.
Swipe down from the top of the rear display to enter the Quick Settings page. Tap Rear Premium, and the front passenger seat will also move to the most forward position; tap Reset Front Passenger Seat, and the front passenger seat will be restored to the default position.
Seat Headrest Adjustment
Front Headrest Adjustment
Headrest Height Adjustment
To adjust the headrest height, press the right button ① under the headrest. The headrest is 4-way adjustable along a vertical axis. When the headrest is moved to a set height, you will hear a “click”, and the headrest will be fixed at this position.
To remove the headrest, first tilt the seat back moderately forward, then raise the headrest to the highest position, and then press the buttons ① and ② on both sides of the headrest at the same time and pull down the headrest.
Headrest Side Adjustment
Both sides of the headrest can be manually adjusted toward the middle.
Rear Headrest Adjustment
Headrest Height Adjustment
To adjust the headrest height, press the right button under the headrest. The headrest is 4-way adjustable along a vertical axis. When the headrest is moved to a set height, you will hear a “click”, and the headrest will be fixed at this position.
Headrest Side Adjustment
Both sides of the headrest can be manually adjusted toward the middle.
Warning头枕请根据身高正确进行调节,以便获得最佳的保护效果。
To provide the best protection, make sure the headrest is set to an appropriate height according to the occupant's height.
Do not use the headrest when it is at its lowest position. To use it, pull the headrest upwards and ensure it is locked into place.
Adjust the seat headrest, and make sure that the headrest center and the occupant's eyes are on the same level.
When the headrest is removed, do not drive the vehicle. In case of collision, sudden acceleration or deceleration, seats without headrests may not provide sufficient protection to the head, leading to serious consequences.
Seat Massage
Both front and rear seats come with a lumbar massage function, which is turned off by default. Enter the Comfort Panel page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Seats > Massage and select the desired massage mode (mode 1, mode 2, mode 3, mode 4, mode 5) and massage intensity (level 1, level 2).
Mode 1: Gentle
Mode 2: Rolling
Mode 3: Dynamic
Mode 4: Lumbar
Mode 5: Upper Back
Level 1: Weak
Level 2: Strong
The rear control screen switches to the seat comfort interface, which controls the massage mode and the intensity of the rear seats.
The seat massage will automatically turn off if the massage mode is not switched within 20 minutes.
Note若功能进行中乘客离开座位超过 30 秒,功能关闭,此时中控屏会保存当前功能的挡位
With this feature on, the current level will be saved and the feature will turn off when the passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds;
If someone is seated within 15 minutes after the passenger leaves, the feature will resume the previously saved level; If no one is seated within 15 minutes, the feature will stay off.
Seat Heating
Heating is available for both the front and rear seats and is set to off by default. Enter the Comfort page from the bottom of the center display, and tap Seats > Heating to turn on heating for the corresponding seat and select the heating level. Seat heating operates at three levels, and will reach the preset level within 10 minutes and then maintain the same temperature.
Switch to the Seat Comfort page on the rear display to control the heating for the rear seats.
If a passenger leaves the seat for more than 30 seconds during the operation of this feature, this feature will be turned off, and the center display will save the feature's current mode.
If someone takes the seat within 15 minutes after the passenger leaves, the feature will be restored to the saved mode. If no one takes the seat within 15 minutes, the feature will remain in the deactivated state.
Individuals with limited pain perception due to illness, ages, or other conditions should use the temperature control system and seat heating carefully to avoid potential low-temperature burns due to prolonged use.
Seat Ventilation
Ventilation is available for both the front and rear seats. Enter the Comfort page from the bottom of the center display, and tap Seats >Ventilation to turn on ventilation for the corresponding seat and select the ventilation level. Seat ventilation operates at three levels.
Switch to the Seat Comfort page on the rear display to control the ventilation for the rear seats.
Note若功能进行中乘客离开座位超过 30 秒,功能关闭,此时中控屏会保存当前功能的挡位
With this feature on, the current level will be saved and the feature will turn off when the passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds;
If someone is seated within 15 minutes after the passenger leaves, the feature will resume the previously saved level; If no one is seated within 15 minutes, the feature will stay off.
Rear-Seat Relaxation
Lumbar relaxation is available for the rear seats. Enter the Comfort page from the bottom of the center display, and tap Seats > Relaxation to select the desired relaxation mode (Mode 1, Mode 2 or Mode 3) for the rear seats.
Mode 1: upper back massage
Mode 2: lumbar massage
Mode 3: cyclical massage from upper back to waist
Switch to the Seat Comfort page on the rear display to control the relaxation mode of the rear seats.
Once turned on, each mode lasts for 20 minutes and then stops automatically.
Note若功能进行中乘客离开座位超过 30 秒,功能关闭,此时中控屏会保存当前功能的挡位
With this feature on, the current level will be saved and the feature will turn off when the passenger leaves the seat for over 30 seconds;
If someone is seated within 15 minutes after the passenger leaves, the feature will resume the previously saved level; If no one is seated within 15 minutes, the feature will stay off.
Front Storage Space
The vehicle comes with a variety of convenient storage areas.
Warning储物空间内禁止放置易燃、易爆、易飞溅的物品,储物时请盖紧盒盖。
Never place flammable and combustible objects or liquids with a high risk of splashing in the storage area. Always close the cover after placing objects in the storage area.
Door Side Storage
A storage area is provided under each door for beverages or objects. It is also equipped with a storage light to illuminate the corresponding door in the dark or when the position lights are on.
Card Holders
Each sun visor has a card holder for you to store cards such as name cards or toll cards.
Cup Holders
Your vehicle has two cup holders in the center console.
Do not put any hot beverages in an open container. A spill can increase the risk of injury.
Do not place any fragile items, or they may cause injury when broken.
Center Console Storage Area
The open storage area under the center console can be used for temporary storage of non-critical items. A 12V power supply is provided in the rear of this area for passengers using electronic devices.
Rear Storage Space
Rear Door Side Storage
The vehicle also provides convenient storage for the rear seats. A storage area is provided beside each door for beverages or objects. It is also equipped with a storage light to illuminate the corresponding door in the dark or when the position lights are on.
Garment hooks can be used to hang clothing.
Warning储物空间内禁止放置易燃、易爆、易飞溅的物品,储物时请盖紧盒盖。
Never place flammable and combustible objects or liquids with a high risk of splashing in the storage area. Always close the cover after placing objects in the storage area.
Rear Row Center Armrest
When the middle rear seat is not seated, pull down the center armrest stowed in the seat back to access the cup holders and storage area.
USB Type C ports in the storage area can be used for mobile device charging.
The small window on the back of the center armrest is connected to the liftgate, and can be used to pick up and place long items such as sled boards.
Do not place flammable, explosive, or splatter-prone items in the storage space. Close the lid tightly when storing items.
Avoid placing heavy, sharp, or fragile objects on the armrest during vehicle operation. In the event of a collision or sudden acceleration or deceleration, objects flying out can increase the risk of injury to occupants.
Safety Storage Box
Storage Box Mode
The safety storage box is in the Storage Box Mode by default. In this mode, the safety storage box is not locked, and its flip cover can be opened through the buttons on the left and right sides of the central armrest:
Safety storage box buttons
Press the button to open the flip cover. It can be used to store mobile phones, tissues and other items (both left and right buttons can open the cover).
Safety storage box USB Type C port (60W)
High-speed transmission port for charging mobile devices, does not support data transmission.
Safety storage box USB Type A port (2.5W)
Ordinary transmission port for data transmission such as USB media audio source, Digital Video Recorder (DVR) video export, microphone access, etc., as well as for charging mobile devices.
Safety storage box buttons
Press the button to open the flip cover. It can be used to store mobile phones, tissues and other items (both left and right buttons can open the cover).
Safety storage box USB Type C port (60W)
High-speed transmission port for connecting AR glasses and charging mobile devices, does not support data transmission.
Safety storage box USB Type A port (2.5W)
Ordinary transmission port for data transmission such as USB media audio source, Digital Video Recorder (DVR) video export, microphone access, etc., as well as for charging mobile devices.
Safe Box Mode
Swipe right on the main page of the center display to enter the Quick Settings page, and tap Safe Box. When the Safe Box Mode is turned on for the first time, a pop-up window for setting the password will pop up on the center display, and you need to set a password to finish setting up Safe Box Mode.
Once set, you need to enter the password on the center display to unlock the safety storage box, then you can open the flip cover through the buttons on both sides of the central armrest.
Mode Switch
To switch between the two modes of the safety storage box: enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Safety > Armrest Box to switch between Storage Box Mode and Safe Box Mode.
Storage Box Mode > Safe Box Mode:
Add Safe Box page
Set a password
Safe Box Mode > Storage Box Mode:
Risk prompt
Safe Box Settings page disappears (turns gray)
Trunk
You can store your objects and luggages in the trunk.
Caution存放液体物品时需注意密封保管,以免液体渗漏对车辆造成损坏。若发生渗漏,请及时清理。
When storing liquids in the vehicle, ensure that the container is sealed. Spills or leakages may damage the vehicle. If a spill or leakage occurs, please clean up the liquid as soon as possible.
12V Trunk Power Socket
A 12V power socket is located on the left side of the trunk and can supply power to accessories as necessary.
Hitched Trailer
Towing Accessory
The vehicle towing kit is a spherical coupling with the national standard ECR R55, which can support towing accessories (such as trailer, caravan, bicycle).
The spherical coupling is designed to support a vertical load of up to 100 kg. When carrying bicycles or other items in the towing device, always check to ensure that the maximum weight is not exceeded. When calculating the weight, please remember to include the weight of the accessory carrier. For example, if the weight of the carrier is 14 kg, it is sufficient to carry two bicycles with a weight of about 20 kg each or four bicycles with a weight of about 10 kg each for the weight threshold.
The tow device is designed to withstand a weight up to 100 kg. Exceeding this maximum weight may result in serious damage to the device.
Do not attempt to install an accessory bracket on a vehicle without a tow device. Doing so may result in significant damage.
Towing a trailer and carrying accessories will increase the weight and resistance of the vehicle, so the driving range may be significantly reduced with a trailer. Although the vehicle range calculator tries to adjust the range estimate according to the Trailer Mode, the actual energy consumption may vary. You need to plan your travel distance and destination reasonably.
To install and use the accessory carrier, the towing device must be connected. Then follow the instructions provided with the accessory carrier. You need to comply with all regulations and legal requirements applicable to carrying accessories. The vehicle towing kit includes the wiring of the lights required for the accessory carrier.
When towing accessories, verify regularly that the accessory carrier and its goods are always in a safe state, and also verify that the lights on the accessories work properly (if any).
It is recommended that you purchase your vehicle accessories from the NIO website. Please purchase third-party products compliant with national standards if necessary. NIO recommends and supports products approved by NIO. Before installing any non-NIO accessory, please review the product information to ensure compatibility.
Caution拖挂装置可能会遮挡后视镜、后摄像头和/或后超声波传感器的视野。此外,某些 PILOT 功能可能无法正常工作。
The tow device may obscure the view of the side mirrors, rear cameras, and/or rear ultrasonic sensors. In addition, some PILOT features may not function properly.
Towing Capacity
The total weight of the trailer (including all goods and additional equipment) and the carrying capacity of the hitch shall not exceed the following values:
Tire
Maximum towing capacity
Maximum hitch carrying capacity
19", 20", 21"
2,000 kg
100 kg
The hitch carrying weight is the downward force exerted by the trailer weight on the hitch. It shall not be less than 4% of the trailer load. Loading a large number of equipment, passengers or goods in the trailer can reduce the towing weight that it can bear, which will also reduce the maximum towing capacity. Assuming that the trailer load does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), the maximum towing capacity can be calculated. GVWR is printed on the vehicle nameplate.
If you drive a tractor with a C6 driver's license, you must ensure that the total mass, including the mass of the tractor and trailer, is less than (not including) 4,500 kg.
Tire Pressure During Towing
The tire pressure must be adjusted to adapt to the additional load for towing. Keep the tire inflated to 280 kPa. The maximum permitted uphill slope is 12% for towing.
During towing, pay attention to that the technically permissible maximum mass on the rear axle is 15% and the technically permissible laden mass of the vehicle is 100 kg. In these cases, the vehicle speed must not exceed 100 km/h and the rear tire pressure must be at least 20 kPa higher than the recommended value.
Never attempt to tow a vehicle when it has a faulty tire. Temporarily repaired tires cannot withstand the towing load. Towing with faulty or temporarily repaired tires may result in tire fault and vehicle unstability.
Operations Before Towing
Before towing, the following operations must be performed:
Inflate the tire to the specified cold tire inflation pressure for towing.
Make sure you understand and comply with all local regulations and legal requirements for towing.
Adjust the rearview mirror to provide a clear view behind you that avoids obvious blind spots.
Enable Trailer Mode in the center display.
Confirm the following:
The tractor driver must hold a C6 driver's license.
The vehicle needs to be level when connecting to the towing device. If the front of the vehicle is tilted upward and the rear is tilted downwards, please confirm that the maximum towing capacity and hitch carrying weight provided in the "Towing Capacity" table are not exceeded.
All towing device components, accessories, and electrical connectors (if any) are in good condition, and are connected correctly. Do not tow if there are any obvious problems.
The trailer lights (brake lights, turn signal lights and marker lights) work properly.
The towing tongue is firmly connected to the towing ball.
All items inside the vehicle are secure in place.
You may use wheel chocks.
The towing load is evenly distributed so that the weight on the towing tongue is about 4% of the total towing weight and does not exceed the maximum bearing weight of the towing tongue provided in the "Towing Capacity" table.
The weight of the trailer tongue must be approximately 4% of the gross trailer weight and not exceed the maximum trailer tongue load provided in the Towing Capacity table. An unbalanced load on the wheels or a heavier load on the rear may cause the trailer to sway, resulting in loss of vehicle control.
Please always ensure that the load is secured in the trailer and does not move. An moving load can cause loss of vehicle control, resulting in serious injury or death.
Trailer Mode
Before towing, please shift to the P gear, go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving > Electric Hitch. This will extend the hitch. When a trailer is towed, Trailer Mode must always be active. When you connect the trailer's electrical harness, the vehicle will enable Trailer Mode after you confirm. Trailer Mode is deactivated when the trailer's electrical harness is disconnected. To manually enable or exit Trailer Mode, go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Driving > Trailer Mode. One of the following indicators is displayed on the instrument panel at this time:
Icon
Description
The vehicle has detected the connection of the trailer lights, but Trailer Mode is not activated. The vehicle may already have an accessory connected.
The vehicle has detected an electrical connection fault with the trailer light. Some or all of the trailer lights may be faulty. To ensure your safety, pull over as soon as possible and check the wiring or connection of the trailer light for faults. If the problem has been resolved but the red icon is still on, please try turning off Trailer Mode and then turning it on again.
Warning拖车前,务必检查拖车模式是否已启用。
Before towing, be sure to check that the Tow Mode is on.
Under no circumstances should the Tow Mode be exited during the towing process. Doing so may result in serious injury and/or death.
Do not use the ride height adjustment setting on the center display to properly match the height of the towing device to the height of the trailer.
Note启用拖车模式时,某些 PILOT 功能(转向、召唤、车道辅助等)以及脚踢传感器、便利进出、超声波传感器功能可能不可用。
Some PILOT features (Steering Assist,Active Lane Change, etc.) as well as kick sensors, easy entry, and ultrasonic sensors may not be available in the Trailer Mode.
Please connect your vehicle to a trailer under the normal ride height. If you enter the Trailer Mode under an abnormal ride height, the ride height will be automatically adjusted to normal.
Instructions for Towing
Your vehicle is mainly designed as a passenger vehicle. Towing a trailer puts an additional load on the vehicle's motor, transmission, brakes, tires and suspension and significantly reduces its range. If you decide to tow a trailer, please drive carefully and follow the following guidelines:
Reduce your driving speed and avoid sudden maneuvers. When a trailer is towed, the steering, stability, turning radius, stopping distance and braking performance are different from those without a trailer.
Keep at least twice the distance from the vehicle in front of you as when you are not pulling a trailer. This helps to avoid situations requiring emergency braking. Sudden braking may cause skidding or bottoming out and loss of control.
Avoid sharp turns, which may cause the trailer to contact the vehicle and cause damage. Since the wheels of the trailer are closer to the inside of the turn than the wheels of the vehicle, the turn radius must be larger to prevent the trailer from hitting the curb, road signs, trees or other objects.
Check the trailer light and turn lights regularly to verify that they continue to work properly.
Verify regularly that any items inside the vehicle are safe.
Verify regularly that the trailer brake works properly.
Avoid parking on a slope.
Verify regularly that all towing parts have been firmly tightened.
When a trailer is hitched, the LED taillight of the trailer may flash very slightly, which is normal.
People are not allowed to ride in the trailer during towing.
Place weight in the trailer near the axle as much as possible to reduce interference to the train set when swinging.
Trailer Parking
It is recommended not to park on a slope, and the slope gradient for parking should not exceed 12%. If you have to park on a slope, please place wheel chocks under the trailer wheels:
One person depresses and holds the brake pedal;
Another person places wheel chocks under the wheels on the downhill side;
When the chocks are in place, release the brake pedal and ensure that the chocks can bear the weight of the vehicle and trailer (do not activate Autohold).
Put the vehicle into the P gear and engage the parking brake.
If it is necessary to park on a slope, please always ensure that all trailer wheels are securely fastened with wedges, as failure to do so may result in serious damage, injury or death.
Electrical Connection
All trailers are equipped with taillights, brake lights, side indicators and turn lights. In order to provide power for the trailer lighting, the towing device is equipped with a built-in 13-pin electrical connector. Inserting the trailer plug into the vehicle electrical connector will enable Trailer Mode after you confirm.
Left turn light (yellow)
Right fog light (blue)
Pin 1-8 grounding (white)
Right turn light (green)
Right taillight (brown)
Brake light (red)
Left taillight (black)
Reverse light (pink)
No output for now (orange)
12 V power output when the vehicle is awakened (gray)
Please use only the electrical plugs designed by NIO. Do not attempt to directly splice the cables or connect the trailer’s cable by any other method, as this could damage the vehicle’s electrical system and cause fault.
CautionBefore and during towing, you need to manually check and ensure that all electrical connections are working properly and all trailer lights are working correctly.
Before and during towing, you need to manually check and ensure that all electrical connections are working properly and all trailer lights are working correctly.
Trailer light failure during towing may be the result of a blown fuse. If the fuse is blown, there will be no warning from your vehicle. Please contact the NIO Service Center.
Make sure that the trailer cable does not touch or drag on the ground during towing, and that the cable has enough slack to allow for turns.
Roof Racks
The vehicle supports a roof rack with a maximum load-bearing capacity of 75 kg (including the roof rack and its load).
Warning车顶行李架的安装和使用请严格按照车顶行李架自带的说明书进行。
Please install and use the roof rack strictly according to the roof rack manual.
When the roof rack and its load exceed the max load, there may be serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
The load should be evenly distributed on the roof rack.
Check the roof rack and load regularly to make sure that they are properly secured, otherwise, there may be serious vehicle damage or personal injury.
When the roof rack is loaded heavily, please avoid violent acceleration, sharp braking, or sharp turning to prevent any potential accidents.
The center of gravity of the vehicle will change when the roof is loaded. Therefore, the driving speed shall not exceed the top speed specified in the roof rack manual or 120 km/h (whichever is smaller).
Steering Wheel Adjustment
To adjust the position of the side mirrors, Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel Adjustment > Start, adjust the position with the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel, and tap End after the adjustment is completed; or swipe right on the home page on the center display to enter the Quick Settings page, and tap Steering Wheel Adjustment > Start.
Adjust the steering wheel position with the right buttons on the steering wheel:
Use the Up button to move the steering wheel up
Use the Down button to move the steering wheel down
Use the Left button to move the steering wheel away from the driver
Use the Right button to move the steering wheel closer to the driver
When the pop-up window is manually closed by the driver or passively closed due to factors such as conflicts, the right steering wheel controls will exit the steering wheel adjustment mode and resumes regular controls instead, such as answering phone calls, and increasing/decreasing volume.
Warning方向盘位置调节不当或坐姿不当会带来人身伤害,建议方向盘与胸部之间距离不小于25厘米。
Do not adjust the steering wheel position while driving. Doing so may result in an accident.
An improper steering wheel position or seating position may result in injury. Make sure your chest is at least 25 centimeters from the steering wheel.
Using Steering Wheel Right Buttons
Steering Wheel Adjustment
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Position Adjustment > Steering Wheel Adjustment > Start to adjust the position with the right buttons on the steering wheel. See Steering Wheel Adjustment.
>
Right Side Mirror Adjustment
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirror Adjustment > Start to adjust the position with the right buttons on the steering wheel. See Side Mirror Adjustment.
Volume Adjustment
In scenarios such as answering phone calls, talking to NOMI, and playing media, press the Up and Down buttons to adjust the volume, and press and hold the Down button to mute.
In other scenarios where there is no need to adjust the volume, there will be no response when you pressing and holding the Up button, but you can press and hold the Down button to mute.
When muted, press the Up button to unmute.
Triggering Custom Feature
Press and hold the right Middle button on the steering wheel to trigger your custom feature, which is default to NOMI and can be changed to a custom feature on the Settings page.
Real-Time Control During Tasks
When an incoming call reminder is displayed, you can press the left or right button to answer or reject the call, and press the middle button to confirm.
Menu Change
You can enter Change Mode by pressing and hold the left or right button, and press the left and right buttons in the Change Mode to change the order of menu items.
If you press the middle button or do not operate the left and right buttons for 3 seconds, the current menu will be automatically selected and the Change Mode will be exited.
Controls Within the Menu
When the instrument panel displays the Media/Third-Party Software,Estimated Range, Range, and Consumption menu, you can use the left, middle, and right buttons on the right side of the steering wheel for global control of media/third-party software.
When the Media/Third-Party Software menu shows Media, press the left button to play the previous song, press the right button to play the next song, and press the middle button to play/pause.
When the Media/Third-Party Software menu shows Karaoke, press the left button to repeat, press the right button to play the next song, and press the middle button to play/pause.
When the instrument panel shows the Team Trip menu, press the middle button to record/send.
Using Steering Wheel Left Button
Left Side Mirror Adjustment
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirror Adjustment > Start to adjust the position with the left buttons on the steering wheel. See Side Mirror Adjustment.
Driver Assist Adjustment
Middle button: Activate or deactivate Driver Assist
Up button: Increase the cruise speed
Down button: Reduce the cruise speed
Right button: Increase the following distance
Left button: Reduce the following distance
Press the Up or Down button to change the cruise speed by +/-5 km/h; press and hold the Up or Down button to continuously change the the cruise speed by +/-1 km/h.
Press the Left or Right button to change the following distance by -/+ 1 level; the minimum following distance is Level 1 and the maximum following distance is Level 5.
Steering Wheel Heating
Turn on steering wheel heating in cold weather to enjoy a comfortable driving experience. To turn it on, go to the Comfort page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Seats > Heating > Steering Wheel Heating. The steering wheel will gradually warm up to a comfortable temperature within 10 minutes and then stays at the temperature.
Steering Wheel Dual-Button Restart
If the display of the center display is stuck, unresponsive, or otherwise abnormal, restart the vehicle system to solve the problems.
Operation of Dual-Button Restart:
Turn on hazard warning lights;
Park the vehicle in a safe area and shift to PARK;
Press and hold the left Right key and the right Down key on the steering wheel simultaneously for about 8 seconds;
Wait for about 30 seconds. All screens will light up again and the system will resume operation.
If the problem persists, contact NIO immediately.
Caution车辆双键重启必须在驻车状态,请确保车辆停靠在安全区域;
The vehicle must be in PARK to use Dual-Button Restart. Please ensure that the vehicle is parked in a safe area;
It is strictly forbidden to perform Dual-Button Restart while the vehicle is moving;
Keep the hazard warning light on while the vehicle is in the system restart process;
Do not perform Dual-Button Restart when the vehicle software is being upgraded;
During the restart process, the vehicle status display, safety warning, surround view image, map interface, and other information cannot be seen;
If the screen fails to resume normal operation after Dual-Button Restart, you can try to lock the vehicle and put the vehicle to sleep. If the problem persists, please contact NIO.
USB Port
Four USB ports are provided in your vehicle, including one Type A (2.5 W) port and three Type C (60 W) ports.
Location:
Safety storage box: 1 Type A (2.5 W) port, 1 Type C (60 W) port
Rear control screen: 1 Type C (60 W) port
Rear central armrest: 1 Type C (60 W) port
Seven USB ports are provided in your vehicle, including one Type A (2.5 W) port and six Type C (60 W) ports.
Safety storage box:
Type A (2.5 W) port: Used for DVR video export; microphone connection; USB audio source connection; charging;
Type C (60 W) port: Used for connecting AR glasses or charging mobile devices.
Rear control screen:
Type C (60W) port: Used for external device access, such as the Switch game console, mobile screen projection, computer screen projection, in-car conferencing, etc.; charging
Rear central armrest:
Type C (60 W) port: Used for charging mobile devices.
Rear armrest box background panel:
Type C (60 W) port: Used for connecting AR glasses or charging mobile devices.
12V Power Outlets
There are two 12V power outlets available inside the vehicle.
Positions:
Behind the center console storage area
On the left side of the liftgate
Wireless Charging
You can place your wireless charging equipment on the wireless charging board next to the cup holder on the central armrest for wireless charging.
The wireless charging feature is enabled by default. You can enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Connect > Wireless Charging to turn it off. The current status is saved under the account of the owner or the authorized user. The center display displays the current charging status.
When the NFC one-key pairing feature of interior Bluetooth is being used by the wireless charging board, wireless charging will be temporarily stopped.
Wireless charging will stop in the following situations, and the center display will prompt the relevant status:
The charging is complete.
Errors in the charging process, including vehicle power supply over-voltage or under-voltage.
CautionWhen wireless charging is enabled, any metal object (e.g. metal key, coin, or NFC card) placed on the wireless charging pad will affect its charging efficiency. -NT2
When wireless charging is enabled, any metal object (such as a key, coin or NFC card) placed on the wireless charging pad may affect its charging efficiency or even lead to a burn.
When using wireless charging, do not place any metal objects between the phone and the charging plate, such as coins and cards with chips/battery. Do not use phone cases with metal materials, such as those that support magnetic charging (MagSafe).
It is normal for the phone to become hot after being charged for a long period of time. Do not place a fully charged device on the charging pad. Doing so can cause overheating.
Do not charge two or more devices wirelessly at the same time.
When wireless charging is enabled, any metal object (such as a key, coin or NFC card) placed on the wireless charging board may affect its charging efficiency or even lead to a burn.
When using wireless charging, do not place any metal objects between the phone and the charging board, such as coins and cards with chips/battery. Do not use phone cases with metal materials, such as those that support magnetic charging (MagSafe).
It is normal for the phone to become hot after being charged for a long period of time. Do not place a fully charged device on the charging board. Doing so can cause overheating.
Do not charge two or more devices wirelessly at the same time.
Please keep tiny items and liquids out of the cooling air vent, which is at the bottom of the wireless charging board.
Front Windshield Wiper
The windshield wiper is used to clean the windshield. The different settings of the windshield wiper can be set with the stalk on the right side of the steering wheel.
Icon
Name
Function
Operation Method
Single Wipe
The front wipers enter the Single Wipe mode
Move the wiper stalk down quickly
Wipe Off
The front wipers enter the Wipe Off mode
Move the wiper stalk to this position
Intermittent Wipe
The front wipers enter the Intermittent Wipe mode
Move the wiper stalk up to this position
Continuous Wipe
The front wipers enter the Low Speed Wipe mode
Move the wiper stalk up to this position
The front wipers enter the High Speed Wipe mode
Continue to move the wiper stalk up to this position
When the wipers are in intermittent mode, adjust the speed of the windshield wiper with the speed switch. Scroll up to increase the wipe frequency, and scroll down to reduce the wipe frequency.
Warning冬季启动刮水器前,确保刮水器刮片未结冻,且已刮落挡风玻璃上的冰雪。
In winter, ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen and the ice or snow in front of the windshield has been cleared before turning on the wipers.
Warning 当刮水器清洁挡风玻璃时,要使用足够的清洗液,挡风玻璃必须保持湿润。
Be sure to use sufficient washer fluid to keep the windshield wet when wiping the windshield.
Automatic Wipe
Press the automatic wipe button at the end of the right stalk to activate the automatic wipe function. Press the button again or move the stalk up or down to disable the automatic wipe function.
Note在自动洗车房中,请确保停用自动雨刮功能,否则可能会由于无意间刮水导致雨刮器损坏。
To avoid damage to the wipers, ensure that the auto wiper feature is disabled when entering an automatic car wash machine.
Clean Front Windshield with Wipers
Pulling the wiper stalk on the right side of the steering wheel towards the driver's face and selecting causes the nozzle on the wiper arm to spray water and the wipers to wipe at low speed. Release the wiper stalk to stop the water spray.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Driving > Enhanced Cleaning. After this function is turned on, the wiper will wipe once more after the water spray. It is recommended to turn off this function in winter in colder regions.
Caution洗涤液不足时不要使用清洗装置,否则会损坏洗涤液泵。
To avoid damaging the washer pump, do not use the washer if the washer fluid is insufficient.
Warning在恶劣天气条件下,确保雨刮片未被冻结或粘附在挡风玻璃上。
In bad weather conditions, ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen or attached to the windshield.
Automatic Heating of Rear Windshield
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap on the Driving interface, and turn on the automatic heating function of the rear windshield. When the front windshield wiper is turned on while driving on rainy days, the heating function of the rear windshield will be turned on automatically to help remove fog on the rear windshield.
Front Windshield Wiper
Manual Wipe
Toggle the wiper control lever upwards to activate the wiper. The speed of the wiper increases with each level, reaching its maximum at level four.
Warning冬季启动刮水器前,确保刮水器刮片未结冻,且已刮落挡风玻璃上的冰雪。
In winter, ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen and the ice or snow in front of the windshield has been cleared before turning on the wipers.
Warning 当刮水器清洁挡风玻璃时,要使用足够的清洗液,挡风玻璃必须保持湿润。
Be sure to use sufficient washer fluid to keep the windshield wet when wiping the windshield.
Automatic Wipe
Toggle the wiper control lever downwards to activate automatic front wiper, and the instrument cluster displays Auto Front Wiper On. Toggling the lever downwards again turns it off, and the instrument cluster displays Auto Front Wiper Off.
Auto Front Wiper Sensitivity Adjustment: Enter the Settings page from the left side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Driving > Auto Front Wiper Sensitivity, select the gear. The higher the gear level, the higher the sensitivity.
Note在自动洗车房中,请确保停用自动雨刮功能,否则可能会由于无意间刮水导致雨刮器损坏。
To avoid damage to the wipers, ensure that the auto wiper feature is disabled when entering an automatic car wash machine.
Clean Front Windshield with Wipers
Single Wipe: Toggle the wiper control lever backwards once to activate the front wiper for a single wipe.
Spray Water and Wipe: Toggle and hold the wiper control lever backwards, the nozzle on the wiper arm sprays water, and the wiper wipes three times slowly. Release the wiper control lever to stop the water spray.
Enhanced Cleaning: Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Driving > Enhanced Cleaning. After this function is turned on, the wiper will wipe once more after the water spray. It is recommended to turn off this function in winter in colder regions.
Caution洗涤液不足时不要使用清洗装置,否则会损坏洗涤液泵。
To avoid damaging the washer pump, do not use the washer if the washer fluid is insufficient.
Warning在恶劣天气条件下,确保雨刮片未被冻结或粘附在挡风玻璃上。
In bad weather conditions, ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen or attached to the windshield.
Front Windshield Wiper Rest Area Heating
The front windshield wiper rest area has a heating function.
Controls on Center Display
When the ambient temperature <= 5°C, the Windshield Defogging is turned on from the Air Conditioning interface on the center display and the wiper rest area starts to heat up. When you turn off the Windshield Defogging, the wiper rest area stops heating.
When the ambient temperature exceeds 5°C, the wiper rest area will stop heating.
APP Control
When the ambient temperature <=5℃, tap the One Touch Snow Removal on the APP, then the wiper rest area will start to heat up. When you turn off the One Touch Snow Removal, the wiper rest area will stop heating.
When the ambient temperature exceeds 5°C, the wiper rest area will stop heating.
Side Mirror Adjustment
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap Position Adjustment > Side Mirror Adjustment > Start, adjust the position with the buttons on the steering wheel, and tap End after the adjustment is completed; or swipe right from the left side of the home page on the center display to enter the Quick Settings page, and tap Side Mirror Adjustment > Start.
The left buttons on the steering wheel are used to adjust the left side mirror, and the right buttons on the steering wheel are used to adjust the right side mirror.
Adjustment method:
Use Up and Down buttons to flip side mirrors up and down
Use Left and Right buttons to flip side mirrors left and right
Press to flip to the next position; press and hold to flip continuously
Warning车辆行驶中禁止调节外后视镜,防止发生意外事故
Do not adjust the side mirrors while driving. Doing so may result in an accident.
Side Mirror Folding
To set the side mirror auto-fold feature, Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving > Auto Fold On Lock.
After the vehicle is locked from the outside, the side mirrors will fold automatically. The next time the driver is seated on the driver’s seat (with the driver’s side door closed and the brake pedal pressed), the side mirrors will unfold automatically.
If the vehicle is passing through a narrow road at a low speed (less than 40 km/h), you can manually fold the side mirrors by tapping Driving > Side Mirror Folding on the Settings page, and the side mirrors will automatically unfold when the vehicle speed exceeds 40 km/h.
In order to see the road clearly when reversing, you can turn on the Auto-Tilt In Reverse feature.
Side Mirror Heating
The side mirrors are equipped with a heating feature to quickly dry rain or snow on them.
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving > Side Mirror Heating to manually turn on the side mirror heating feature.
The side mirror heating automatically turns off after 60 minutes. You can also manually turn it off from the center display.
Side Mirror Auto Heating
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving to enable side mirror auto heating. When front wipers are turned on in rainy days, side mirror auto heating will be enabled automatically to help remove the water mist.
Rearview Mirror and Side Mirror Auto-Dimming
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving > Rearview Mirror and Side Mirror Auto-Dimming to enable the rearview mirror and side mirror auto-dimming feature.
The rearview mirror and side mirror auto-dimming feature can reduce the glare of headlights from vehicles behind you.
Note车辆为 R挡或前阅读灯开启时防炫目功能不可用。
The auto-dimming feature is not available when your vehicle is in Reverse gear or the front reading lights are turned on.
Front Climate Control
Climate Control Bar
You can adjust the temperature and air distribution inside the vehicle from the climate control bar at the bottom of the center display.
Home
Tap to return to the home page.
Settings
Tap to enter Settings.
Air circulation
Displays the current air circulation mode. Tap to switch between Recirculation Mode
, Auto Circulation Mode
, and Fresh Air Mode
.
With Auto Circulation Mode on, when the outside air is heavily polluted, the vehicle automatically switches from Fresh Air Mode to Recirculation Mode to ensure optimal cabin air quality.
Driver-side temperature
Displays the target temperature on the driver's side. Tap to access the climate control panel.
Swipe left or right to adjust the driver-side temperature between 15–31 degrees Celsius.
Tap the arrow to adjust the temperature in 0.5-degree increments/decrements.
Tap Sync to apply the driver-side temperature settings to the front passenger and rear seats. To stop temperature sync, manually adjust the temperature of the front passenger or rear seats on the center display.
Climate and fan speed adjustment
Displays the climate on/off status. Tap to expand or collapse the climate control panel.
Press and slide to adjust the front fan speed between Level 0-8. At Level 0, the climate control of the whole vehicle will be turned off.
Passenger side temperature
Displays the target temperature on the passenger side. Tap to access the climate control panel.
Swipe left or right to adjust the passenger side temperature between 15-31 degrees Celsius.
Tap the arrow to adjust the temperature in 0.5-degree increments/decrements.
Front windshield defrosting/defogging
When the front windshield defrosting/defogging feature is turned on, the Manual Mode (A/C) will be turned on simultaneously. The air distribution mode will be Air on Windshield, and the air circulation will be switched to Auto Circulation Mode.
When the outside of the front windshield becomes fogged, it is recommended to turn on the wipers and AUTO Mode of climate control. When the inside of the front windshield becomes fogged, it is recommended to turn on the front windshield defogging feature. After the fog is removed, turn on the AUTO Mode of climate control and enable Auto Defogging.
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display and tap Cabin Comfort > Auto Defogging. The front windshield defogging feature will be automatically turned on when the front windshield fogs up inside.
App center
Apps in the center display
Volume Adjustment
The default value of the volume is 50%. Tap the icon and slide left and right to adjust the volume.
Tap and hold to mute, and tap and hold it again to restore the volume before muted.
Front Climate Control Panel
To adjust the front and rear temperatures, tap the temperature or climate control icon in the climate bar to access the climate control panel.
Turning the front climate control on and off
Tap the power button to turn the front climate control on.
Tap a second time to turn the front climate control off. In this case, the rear climate control will also be turned off.
Manual Mode (A/C)
Tap to turn on Manual Mode (A/C). In this case, you can manually adjust the fan speed and temperature for cooling or heating.
If you turn it off, the vehicle switches to Fresh Air Mode.
Max Cooling Mode
Tap to turn on the max setting for cooling. If Manual Mode (A/C) is also on, the vehicle will automatically switch to Recirculation Mode with the fan speed set to the highest level and and air distribution set to Air on Face.
Tap a second time to turn Max Cooling Mode off and restore the air conditioning to the previous settings.
Max Heating Mode
Tap to turn on the max setting for heating. If Manual Mode (A/C) is also on, the vehicle will automatically switch to Recirculation Mode with the fan speed set to the highest level and air distribution set to Air on Feet.
Tap a second time to turn Max Heating Mode off and restore the air conditioning to the previous settings.
Front windshield defrosting/defogging
When the front windshield defrosting/defogging feature is turned on, the Manual Mode (A/C) will be turned on simultaneously. The air distribution mode will be Air on Windshield, and the air circulation will be switched to Auto Circulation Mode.
When the outside of the front windshield becomes fogged, it is recommended to turn on the wipers and AUTO Mode of climate control. When the inside of the front windshield becomes fogged, it is recommended to turn on the front windshield defogging feature. After the fog is removed, turn on the AUTO Mode of climate control and enable Auto Defogging.
You can enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap Cabin Comfort > Auto Defogging, and set the sensitivity. The front windshield defogging feature will be automatically turned on when the front windshield fogs up inside.
Rear windshield heating
Tap to warm up the rear windshield. This feature automatically turns off after 15 minutes.
Air Vent Mode
Off: The driver air vents are closed. You cannot turn off the four air vents in the front at the same time.
Free: The angle of the two driver air vents can be adjusted individually.
Balanced: The angle of the two driver air vents are symmetrical.
Sweep: The air vents sweep up and down, left and right.
Front fan speed
Tap the "+" or "-" icon to adjust the front fan speed. The front vents operate at eight speed levels.
AUTO
Tap to turn on AUTO Mode. This automatically adjusts the temperature, fan speed, air distribution and air circulation of the front and rear seats according to the temperature you set.
Tap a second time to turn off AUTO Mode. The air conditioning status will remain unchanged.
Air distribution
Users can choose from seven air distribution modes: Air on Windshield, Air on Face, Air on Feet, Air on Face and Feet, Air on Feet and Windshield, Air on Face and Windshield, and Air on Windshield, Face and Feet.
Icon
Air distribution
Air on windshield
If used together with a high fan speed, it will quickly defog and defrost the front windshield in cold and humid weather conditions.
Air on face
Heats or cools the front cabin.
Air on feet
Heats or cools the footwell areas.
Air on face and feet
Conditions the front cabin including the footwell areas to a comfortable temperature.
Air on feet and windshield
Defrosts the front windshield while heating or cooling the footwell areas.
Air on face and windshield
Defrosts the front windshield while heating or cooling the front cabin.
Air on windshield, face and feet
Defrosts the front windshield while conditioning the front cabin including the footwell areas to a comfortable temperature.
Front Air Vent Adjustment
The front air vents are located below the windshield, and both on and underneath the instrument panel.
Front windshield vents
Face-level vents
Foot-level vents
The front air vents on the instrument panel can be adjusted as follows:
Press the air vent area on the center display and slide up and down to control the vertical angle, and slide left and right to control the horizontal angle.
In the Free mode, you can double-tap an air vent on the center display to close the corresponding air vent. But at least one air vent should remain open.
Tips for Using Air Conditioning
Keep the grille clear of any obstructions (e.g. leaves, snow).
If the vehicle is parked in extremely hot weather conditions, turn the air conditioning on and open the windows simultaneously to rapidly cool the cabin.
Rear Row Air Conditioning Control
Rear Row Air Conditioning Center Display Control Panel
The vehicle includes a center display control panel for the rear air conditioning, allowing rear passengers to easily adjust the temperature and fan speed.
Air Conditioning Main Switch
It turns on or off the front and rear air conditioning.
Rear Switch
Tap this button to turn on or off the rear air conditioning
Rear Ventilation Mode
Closed: To close the rear air vent, but the two air vents in the rear row cannot be closed at the same time.
Free: The rear air vent angle can be adjusted separately.
Sweep: The rear air vent angle is set to sweep up and down, left and right.
Rear Temperature Display
Displays the target temperature of the rear seats, and tap to enter the temperature control panel.
Hold and slide the temperature value left and right to adjust temperature. The temperature adjustment range is from 15 to 31 degrees Celsius.
Face Blowing Mode
Provides heating or cooling for the rear passenger compartment.
Automatic Mode (AUTO)
Tap this button to turn on the automatic air conditioning mode for the rear row. In this mode, the temperature, fan speed, airflow direction of the rear rows will be adjusted automatically based on the temperature you set.
Tap this button again to exit the automatic air conditioning mode, and your vehicle will remain in the current air conditioning status.
Foot Blowing Mode
Provides heating or cooling for the feet of the rear passengers.
Air volume of rear row air conditioning
The fan speed desired for the rear row can be controlled with the "+" and "-" icons. This vehicle is available with 6 fan speed options.
Rear passengers can use the rear control display to control the rear air conditioning.
Rear Row Air Conditioning Vents and Their Adjustment
The rear row air conditioning vents are located at the bottom of the rear control display and the front passenger and driver’s seats.
Rear row face blowing air vents
Rear row foot blowing air vents
To adjust the rear row air vent, do as follows:
Press and hold the vent on the center display or the rear control display, and then slide up or down to control the vertical angle, and slide left and right to control the horizontal angle.
In the free mode, double-click an air vent on the screen to close the corresponding air vent. However, at least one air vent must be left open.
Air Purification
PM2.5 Air Purification
View the current air quality in your vehicle at the upper right corner of the center display, and tap to switch to the corresponding air purification mode.
OFF: Turns off air purification;
AUTO: Adjusts the purification airflow speed automatically according to the concentration of PM 2.5 in the passenger compartment;
QUIET: Purifies the air in the passenger compartment in the low airflow speed and silent state.
Negative Ion Sync On
Go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Comfortable Environment > Negative Ion Sync On to generate negative ions while purifying the air, thereby further improving the air comfort in the vehicle.
Continuous Deodorization of Air Conditioning
If the air conditioning cooling is turned on in hot weather, some condensate may remain in the climate control system when parking. Go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display and select Comfortable Environment > Continuous Deodorization of Air Conditioning. When you leave and lock your vehicle, if the system detects the residual condensate in the climate control system, it will turn on the fan and run it at the maximum air volume to keep the evaporator and air pipe dry, thereby reducing the risk of bacteria breeding in the humid environment.
You can select one of the two drying levels: Standard (the fan works for about 3 minutes continuously) and Strong (the fan works for about 20 minutes continuously).
This function increases energy consumption in certain circumstances, so make sure that you plan your trip properly and turn the function off if necessary.
Remaining Life of Air Conditioning Filter Element
After replacing the filter element, go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display and select Comfortable Environment > Air Conditioning Purifier Filter Element Life Timer to reset the filter service life timer.
Note该寿命计时为预估时间,实际使用寿命受环境等因素影响,必要时更换。
This reminder is the estimated service life, and the actual service life may vary due to the environment and other factors. Please replace the air filter if necessary.
Intelligent Fragrance System
Your vehicle is equipped with an intelligent fragrance system. You and your family can choose your favorite fragrance, and enjoy the fresh and comfortable olfactory pleasure you experience during the journey.
It provides you with a variety of scents. You can choose your favorite fragrance and install it in the fragrance mechanism above the open storage area of the center console, and change the fragrance vial according to your preferences.
How to install and change the fragrance vial:
Open the cap of the fragrance vial, insert the thin end of the fragrance vial upward into the hole in the fragrance mechanism above the open storage area of the center console, and gently press the bottom of the vial upward to ensure that it is properly installed.
Caution安装香氛瓶过程中请勿旋转香氛瓶。
Do not rotate the fragrance cartridge when inserting it.
The fragrance vial will be secured by the magnet in the fragrance mechanism once it is inserted into the hole.
The center display will prompt that the fragrance vial has been installed successfully and display information about the fragrance inserted into the corresponding hole.
When replacing the fragrance vial, pinch the bottom of the fragrance vial with your fingers, and slowly remove the fragrance vial from the fragrance mechanism.
After the fragrance is successfully installed, enter the Air Conditioning Settings page from the center display, tap Fragrance, and on this page, you can control whether the fragrance system is on/off, adjust the concentration of the corresponding fragrance, and select fragrances with different scents.
Warning香氛警告
Keep the fragrance cartridge out of the reach of children to prevent them from swallowing it accidentally, as this may be detrimental to their health.
Do not allow your child to insert their finger into the fragrance holder. Doing so may result in injury.
To ensure your safety, do not insert or replace the fragrance cartridge while driving.
If you or any passenger feels discomfort, disable the fragrance system immediately.
Caution香氛注意
Please check the expiration date before inserting the fragrance cartridge. The fragrance has a shelf life of one year if the bottle remains unopened; after the bottle is opened, the fragrance can last three months. Stop using the fragrance and replace it after it expires.
Some fragrances (e.g. Wild) have a stimulating effect. Please use it only when needed.
When replacing the fragrance cartridge, keep your hands clean to ensure the fragrance system can function normally after it is replaced.
A magnet is placed in each fragrance holder. Keep your smart phone, tablet and other electronic devices away from the holder to avoid any interference between electronic devices and the fragrance system.
Chemical reactions may occur between the fragrance and organic substances. Keep the ceramic fragrance stuck in the fragrance cartridge and away from all plastic parts.
Note香氛说明
The experience with the fragrance system may vary depending to the cabin temperature, fan speed, and user’s physical condition.
Only purchase genuine ceramic fragrance sticks and avoid damaging the fragrance cartridge to ensure its quality.
If the fragrance cartridge cannot be identified after it is inserted, please try again.
Music
You can go to the Media interface from the main interface of the center display to select the program for listening to music:
Select "Tidal" to discover and listen to your favorite music. You can also use it to build a library of your preferred songs or albums.
Insert a USB flash disk into the USB port in your vehicle to play the music in the USB flash disk.
After a mobile device is connected to your vehicle's Bluetooth, you can select "Bluetooth Music" to play the music in the mobile device.
You can go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Sound to set the volume for media music. Select "Sound Mode" to set the sound field effect in the passenger compartment. If necessary (for example, when a child is sleeping in the rear row), the rear mute feature can be turned on.
You can select your navigation route on the navigation interface from the main page of the center display. If you have previously sent a navigation route through your mobile app, the selected navigation route will be displayed automatically when the center display is turned on.
Tap to set navigation options, such as route preference, navigation voice broadcast, and map display mode.
Photos
Photographing
NOMI can capture your selfies inside the car upon request. The center display's Photos application is where videos or photos are stored. To transfer them, use a USB cable.
Photos
You can access Photos in the application center on the center display and see all the photos in it. You can select the ones to be exported or deleted. There are various categories of photos: All/Digital Video Recorder (DVR)/Smart Guardian/Quick Video Recording/Selfie/Screenshot, and more.
Phone
When your mobile phone's Bluetooth is successfully paired with your vehicle's Bluetooth, the on-board Bluetooth phone feature can be used after your vehicle is authorized on your mobile phone to synchronize your mobile phone contacts and recent calls. You can see the Phone interface on the main interface or on the application center in the center display.
When your contacts and recent calls in your mobile phone are synchronized to your vehicle, you can choose a specific contact or recent call or enter a phone number directly to make a call. You can switch between private mode and hands-free mode during a call.
You can browse your recent calls, or switch to other Bluetooth phone devices or hide your recent calls in the dialing interface.
Connecting to Mobile Devices
You can connect the vehicle to a mobile device (e.g. phone, tablet) via Bluetooth or Hotspot, and sync your mobile device (e.g. phone contacts, music) to the vehicle on the center display for an optimal infotainment experience. The mobile device will be automatically synced to your vehicle the next time it is connected. You don’t need to re-allow the connection.
To connect your mobile device via Bluetooth or Hotspot, tap the Bluetooth or Hotspot icon at the top of the center display:
Turn on Bluetooth or WLAN on your mobile device (e.g. phone, tablet).
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Connect to enable the Bluetooth or Hotspot feature.
Choose the mobile device you want to connect to on the center display to pair the device manually.
Alternatively, you can connect a mobile device via Bluetooth or Hotspot with one tap by placing it on the wireless charging pad and following the instruction below (this approach is only available for certain phones):
Turn on NFC, and Bluetooth or WLAN on your phone.
Place the phone on the wireless charging pad on the center console.
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, tap Connect to open the Bluetooth or Hotspot page, and choose "Connect via NFC on Phone".
Note进行蓝牙或热点连接过程中请勿移开手机。
Do not remove your phone from the charging pad when it is connected to the vehicle via Bluetooth or Hotspot.
NOMI Smart Assistant
The vehicle smart assistant, NOMI, is placed above the vehicle center console. You and your passengers can easily control different features by simply talking to NOMI, your thoughtful helper during the journey.
After you've entered the car, NOMI will greet you warmly. Whenever you need NOMI, say the wake-up words "Hi, NOMI" or press the voice button on the right side of the steering wheel. After NOMI responds, just say what you have to say (see some examples below ). When the conversation ends or the designated request has been completed, NOMI will automatically enter standby mode. Whenever necessary, you can always wake up NOMI again.
Tell NOMI your opinion about the different features of the car by saying "I want to give feedback." NOMI will record your feedback for up to 60 seconds and send it to our product expert team, together with the necessary information, including your vehicle ID, account ID, and time stamp. The recording will be sent after the countdown.
Please find some examples of NOMI commands here, including but not limited to the listed function:
Topic
Voice command examples
Climate
"Climate control on"
"Turn off the fan"
"Defrost mode on"
Lights
"Change ambient light to green"
"Turn on the resding lights"
"Turn off all lights"
Comfort
"Fold the mirrors"
"I want seat heating"
"Open my window by 10%"
"Close all windows"
"Pet mode on"
"Turn on parking camera"
Media
"Play music"
"Play favorites"
"Play 'Blinding lights' on Tidal"
"Next song"
"Repeat"
"Pause"
"Play radio"
"Increase volume"
Navigation
"Mute navigation"
"Go to [address]"
"Drive me to a hospital"
"find me a coffee shop"
"End navigation"
"Find a charging station"
"I need a power swap station"
"Mute navigation"
Phone
"Accep the call"
"Decline the call"
"Call [contact name]"
"Call back"
Others
"Mute system"
"Mute yourself"
"Unmute"
"Turn on Bluetooth"
"Take a picture"
"Increase the cenrtal screen brightnes"
WarningPrecautions for NOMI
Do not allow NOMI and its base to come into contact with liquids, acidic or alkaline solutions, dust, fibers, magnetic substances, or other similar materials.
Do not attempt to dismantle or repair NOMI and its base on your own.
Do not apply excessive force to push, pull, or twist NOMI. Refrain from impeding the movement of NOMI with external pressure.
Do not attempt to remove NOMI and its base by yourself.
To prevent damaging NOMI hardware, do not install hard helmets or caps on it. In the event of an accident, it will help you avoid personal injury.
Comfort Features
When the vehicle is in PARK (without being locked from the outside) and the driver's seat is unoccupied, occupants can still enter the vehicle and access certain comfort features. The feature will automatically turn off after 10 hours without any operations. To continue using a comfort feature, open any door, press the brake pedal, or sit in the driver's seat with the driver's door closed.
Comfort features mainly include:
Adjusting driver or passenger seat.
Steering Wheel Adjustment.
Wireless Charging.
Front A/C Control.
Seat massage, heating and ventilation.
Steering Wheel Heating.
Window Control.
Reading lights and ambient lighting.
Entertainment and navigation.
NOMI.
Tide
Tide is a physical and psychological health app that helps you sleep, meditate, relax, and stay focused. Inspired by travels, nature and meditation, Tide provides a wealth of audio resources such as sounds of nature and meditation exercises to help you escape from the fast-paced world for a quiet space of peace, where you can meditate for a while to relax your mind and sleep better with less anxiety and stress while staying focused and calm.
Tide offers three modes, namely Nap, Meditation, and Breathing.
Nap Mode
You and your family can fall asleep to the sounds of nature in the vehicle and wake up to a soft alarm to embrace a beautiful world.
You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the Tide > Nap page where sound scenarios and alarm time for the nap can be set and memorized for the specific account.
Nap by Time: You can set a nap countdown to wake you up at the set time. You can also choose to continue or end the nap upon the alarm.
Nap by Charge: If the vehicle is in the DC charging process, you can set a battery level within the charging limit to have a nap until the set level is reached.
More settings are provided, including volumes and timed playback of sleep aid sounds, alarm clock sounds and volumes, and seat position restoration switch upon the end of nap.
Set sleep aid sound scenarios.
After the vehicle enters the Nap Mode, the in-vehicle lighting will be turned off, with windows and doors closed and locked, the climate control will be automatically set to the temperature comfortable for a nap, and the air purifier will be automatically turned on. If you sit in a front seat, the seat will automatically move to the relax position (if set previously) or the default position. NOMI will enter the Do Not Disturb Mode to create a relaxing atmosphere for you. After the nap ends, the vehicle will restore the settings before the nap.
Caution小憩模式-无长滑轨
Before entering the Nap Mode, make sure the vehicle is in PARK and not in the power swap mode.
Close all the doors and the liftgate before starting the Nap Mode to ensure safety.
A fault with the climate control system may compromise the comfort during the nap.
When the front seats are moving backward at the beginning of the nap, pay attention to the space for occupants on rear seats.
If the vehicle is not being charged, make sure that its remaining range is not less than 60 km. The time alarm will be triggered automatically when the remaining range is less than 30 km, and the charging alarm will be triggered automatically when the charging connector is disconnected or the charging runs into a fault, to remind you to check the battery level.
The vehicle will automatically exit the Nap Mode under certain circumstances, for example, when the vehicle is not in PARK, the battery has a risk of ignition, a software update is in progress, the vehicle is in the power swap mode, the vehicle is locked for sleep, the climate control is faulty, and the account is switched. In this case, the seats cannot be automatically restored to the positions before the nap.
Meditation Mode
The Meditation Mode provides an immersive experience to give your brain break, so that you can feel your inner self and your surroundings and reduce your physical and mental exhaustion.
You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the Tide > Meditation page where sound scenarios and sound volumes for the meditation can be set and memorized for the specific account.
After the vehicle enters the Meditation Mode, the in-vehicle lighting will be turned off, with windows and doors closed and locked, the climate control will be automatically set to the temperature comfortable for meditation, and the air purifier will be automatically turned on. NOMI will enter the Do Not Disturb Mode to create an immersive and quiet atmosphere for you. After the meditation ends, the vehicle will restore the settings before the meditation.
CautionMeditation and Breathing
Please verify that the vehicle is in the park gear and not in the power swap mode.
Please close all doors and the tailgate before starting the mode to ensure safety.
If the vehicle is not in charging process, it is necessary to ensure that the vehicle range is not less than 30 kilometers.
The vehicle will automatically exit the current mode in certain situations, such as if it is in a non-park gear, has a risk of battery fire, has software updates, has entered power swap mode, is locked and asleep, and is switching accounts.
Breathing Mode
The Breathing Mode helps you learn how to breathe properly, calm yourself down, and relieve stress.
You or your authorized users can enter the application launcher to open the Tide > Breathing page where breathing scenarios and background sound scenarios and volumes can be set and memorized for the specific account.
CautionMeditation and Breathing
Please verify that the vehicle is in the park gear and not in the power swap mode.
Please close all doors and the tailgate before starting the mode to ensure safety.
If the vehicle is not in charging process, it is necessary to ensure that the vehicle range is not less than 30 kilometers.
The vehicle will automatically exit the current mode in certain situations, such as if it is in a non-park gear, has a risk of battery fire, has software updates, has entered power swap mode, is locked and asleep, and is switching accounts.
Quick Access
You can tap Quick Access in the application launcher on the center display to freely combine apps for customized scenarios, or enter the Square interface to enjoy a personalized and automated intelligent experience using the recommended Quick Access templates.
Actions that support custom shortcuts include: time, media, weather, cabin comfort, driving, charge, doors, windows, seats, lighting, system settings and applications, and other common settings. You can also share custom scenarios with friends.
Instrument Cluster Indicators
If the following indicators do not light up or go out normally, please contact the NIO Service Center for assistance immediately.
Symbol on Instrument Cluster Display
Description
Automatic high and low beam control indicator
High beam indicator
Autohold indicator
Position lights indicator
Low beam indicator
Front fog lights indicator
Vehicle ready indicator
Left turn signal indicator
Right turn signal indicator
Rear fog lights indicator
Ice- and snow-covered road indicator
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System (AVAS) off indicator
Brake system fault indicator
Electronic stability control system on/fault indicator
Low battery indicator of high-voltage battery
Exceeding speed limit prompt or speed limit mode malfunction indicator
Trailer connection status indicator
Intelligent headlight malfunction indicator
Electronic stability control system off indicator
Driver Drowsiness and Attention Warning (DDAW) system fault/start self-inspection indicator
Driver Drowsiness and Attention Warning (DDAW) system indicator for no face detected
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Assist off indicator
Speed Limit Warning off indicator
Limited power warning light
Anti-lock braking system fault warning light
Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) warning light
High-voltage battery cut-off warning light
Autonomatic Emergency Brake (AEB)/Forward Collision Warning (FCW) off and fault warning light
Hands-off reminder status indicator
Charging cable connected indicator
Electronic parking brake indicator
Driver Drowsiness and Attention Warning (DDAW) status indicator
Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Alert fault warning light
Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA)/Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) fault warning light
Driver Assistance fault warning light
Speed limit feature fault warning light
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion fault warning light
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Assist fault warning light
Controls on Center Display
Front Center Display
After you or authorized users log in, the vehicle's center display can help you easily access rich personal resources such as music, navigation, and radio stations. You can also customize your favorite content and store it in your personal account. The personalized content saved in your account can be displayed the next time you login in to your account. You can switch different accounts freely in your vehicle, and the customized content for different accounts will be presented to you.
You can select different features (media, navigation, etc.) on the main interface of the center display. The features are as follows:
Prompt Bar
Displays prompt messages, warning messages, warning icons, etc.
Tile Feature Menu
Press+hold to switch to different feature tiles, such as music, weather, etc.
Main Interface
To return to the main interface, tap this button or five-finger pinch on any interface of the center display.
Vehicle Settings
Configure the settings for common features.
You can also swipe right from the left edge of the center display to enter the Quick Access interface. On this interface, you can access frequently used features quickly and customize quick access features.
Air Conditioning and Comfort Feature Interface
Quickly set the air conditioning, seats, and comfort features here.
Application Center
Select different applications, such as weather and photos.
Volume Settings
Quickly set the system and media volume.
Rear Control Display
The rear control display can control the features of the rear seats, media, etc. The features are as follows:
Swipe left or right horizontally, or swipe left or right from the edge of the other side to switch different vehicle features, such as air conditioning, seat comfort, ambient lighting, fragrance, etc.
Swipe down from the top edge to enter Quick Access Center, where you can adjust screen brightness, volume, and screen saver.
Swipe up from the bottom edge to enter Media Control Center, where you can control the currently playing media.
Event Data Recorder (EDR)
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder(EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record the data of some collisions or the conditions similar to a collision, such as airbag deployment or collision with obstacles on the road; these data can help to check the operation status of the vehicle's systems.
The EDR on this vehicle can temporarily or permanently store technical information such as vehicle status, events and faults. These technical information can usually record the following status of components, modules, systems and environments:
Status information of the vehicle and its individual components, such as vehicle speed, acceleration and vehicle identification code.
Feature status of important system components, such as seat belt buckles.
Vehicle reaction under special conditions, such as the triggering of airbags and the intervention of electronic stability program (ESP).
Data of a period of time before and after a collision accident, such as braking, acceleration, steering operation, accident occurrence time, deployment information of occupant protection devices, seat belt status information, etc.
These data help to better check the conditions when a collision or an injury occurs.
In EDR, the recording of vehicle speed comes from the brake control unit.
These data are only of natural attributes, which are used to identify and eliminate faults and optimize vehicle features, and the motion characteristics of road sections passed cannot be created based on these data. When carrying out service work such as repair and maintenance, service personnel and the manufacturer can read these technical data from the event and fault data memory by using a special diagnostic device. After the fault is eliminated, the information in the fault memory can be deleted or overwritten continuously.
When the vehicle is being used, these technical parameters and other information related to the vehicle, such as accident records, vehicle damage, evidence, etc. (which may require the intervention of professionals), can be read by using a diagnostic device in a NIO Service Center.
If the EDR system does not have enough space to record an event, the current event data will overwrite the previous unlocked event data, but the overwriting should be in a chronological order. A locked event will not be overwritten by subsequent events.
NoteNIO在未经车主允许的情况下不会将数据记录系统的信息透露给第三方人员使用。
NIO will not disclose any information recorded in the system to a third party without your permission or consent.
System Update
Your vehicle comes with a remote upgrade system. When the vehicle is connected to the Internet, you can go to the Settings interface from the bottom of the center display, and tap General > System Update to upgrade the vehicle system software. and keep your vehicle features up to date. You will be notified by a message when a software update is available. You can choose to start the upgrade immediately or schedule a time for upgrade (the vehicle can automatically start upgrading at the appointed time). During the upgrade, the center display will show the time needed to complete the process (which depends on the size of the upgrade package).
CautionDo not perform system upgrades while the vehicle is in charging process.
The system upgrade function is only available for the vehicle owner's account.
The system upgrade can only be carried out when the vehicle is in the parked state (in the P gear) and connected to the network.
The system upgrade process will consume a certain amount of power. Before the system upgrade, please ensure that the battery level of the vehicle is greater than 20% and your trip has been reasonably planned.
If the system upgrade is performed for the vehicle during the charging process, the charging process will stop automatically. After the system upgrade is completed, you can resume the charging process manually.
During the system upgrade process, the vehicle can also be unlocked/locked with the NFC/mobile Bluetooth key in addition to the smart key. The vehicle cannot be driven.
System upgrades may result in updates or additions of some features, as well as changes in the usage habits of certain features. Please read the upgrade instructions carefully to understand the updated or added features after the system upgrade is completed. Please use the updated function with caution if you are unfamiliar with it to avoid personal injury or property damage due to a misoperation.
If the system upgrade cannot be started or is not completed successfully, please contact the NIO service center immediately.
Do not modify vehicle components or software by yourself to avoid personal injury or property damage due to a system upgrade failure.
Resetting All Settings
When you need to sell the vehicle, you can erase all content and settings by entering Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap General > Reset All Settings.
The following data and settings will be erased, including vehicle settings (such as settings for seats, side mirrors, and climate control), driving settings (such as ADAS and driving mode), NOMI settings, system settings (such as time and date), navigation settings, media playlists, and photos & videos.
Caution 恢复出厂设置
Only the vehicle owner can reset all settings. The operation can only be performed when the vehicle is stopped.
When resetting all settings, the instrument cluster and the center display will go black and blink. Do not drive the vehicle when resetting the system. Otherwise it may cause unpredictable consequences.
After resetting, the vehicle will be restored to the inactivated state. You need to reactivate the vehicle to use it.
Resetting will erase all your settings, application data and all content, including photos and videos, stored in the vehicle. It is recommended to back up your important files before resetting. You can enter the
Album on the center display , select files you need and choose
Export to USB.
Resetting will not erase your personal data stored in the cloud, such as driving habits, frequent navigation addresses, and music playlists.
Basic Operations
Starting the Vehicle
The vehicle can get ready to drive when the following conditions are met:
The driver is seated.
Close the driver door or press the brake pedal.
The driver can start the vehicle in many ways such as with the Smart Key, NFC card, and mobile phone NFC.
If the mobile phone NFC or NFC card is used, place the mobile phone with the NFC key or NFC card on the wireless charging board, keep the mobile phone unlocked and fit it into the wireless charging board, and then try to engage the gear and start the vehicle.
Caution 使用NFC启动时,请确保手机或卡片钥匙处于无线充电面板处。
When using NFC for vehicle startup, ensure that your phone or card key is placed on the wireless charging board.
In case of a collision, the impact force is transmitted to the driver’s lower leg through the accelerator pedal, causing personal injury. Therefore, the accelerator pedal has a fracture limiter groove to protect the driver’s legs and personal safety.
In unexpected situations where a great lateral external force is applied to the vehicle, the accelerator pedal may break due to the limiter groove design.
Gear Shifting
After pressing the brake pedal and toggling the gear shifter into the D or R gear, the digital instrument cluster displays , indicating that power output is ready. After shifting the gear, the digital instrument cluster will display the real-time gear position of the vehicle. If the shifting fails, the digital instrument cluster will prompt you to confirm the current gear.
You can use the P-R-D gear shifter to control gear switching, including:
Drive gear (D gear): used in normal drive mode.
Reverse gear (R gear): can only be engaged in the parking state.
Parking gear (P gear): prevents slipping in the parking state.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Sound > Gear Shift Sound to enable or disable the ringer and alerts.
For example, the vehicle can be switched to Neutral (N) gear in specific conditions such as while pushing the vehicle and automatic washing.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display), and tap Driving and Parking > N (NEUTRAL) to enable or disable Neutral (N) gear.
Be sure to confirm the gear position on the digital instrument cluster after shifting, and re-shift the gear if the digital instrument cluster indicates a different gear than intended.
Caution只有在停车状态且踩下制动踏板时,才能挂入驻车挡(P挡)。
The Park (P) gear can only be engaged while the vehicle is stationary and the brake pedal is depressed.
Before leaving the vehicle or parking it on a slope, please ensure that the Park (P) gear is engaged. If no gear position is displayed on the instrument cluster, the vehicle may move without control.
Electric Parking Brake
When switching to the Park gear, the parking brake will be automatically activated, and the digital instrument cluster displays , indicating that the Electric Parking Brake has been enabled.
When locked from the outside of the vehicle, the vehicle's power will be automatically turned off, and the center display and digital instrument cluster will be shut down at the same time.
You can switch the vehicle to the Park gear in the following ways:
Press the P gear button on the side of the gear selector in the center console.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > EPB to park.
When the digital instrument cluster displays , it indicates that the brake system is faulty. Please drive carefully and contact the NIO Service Center for maintenance.
Drive Mode
There are five basic drive modes on the vehicle: Sport+, Sport, Comfort, Eco, and Custom. You can change the Acceleration, Regenerative Braking, Suspension height and stiffness, Steering Force, and Climate control settings using the modes.
Drive modes can be selected to alter the vehicle's driving characteristic, improve your driving experience, or accommodate your unique driving requirements in special cases.
Sport+
Sport
Comfort
Eco
Custom
Acceleration
3.8s
5.9s
7.9s
9.9s
3.8s, 5.9s, 7.9s, 9.9s, 12.9s
Regenerative Braking
Low
Low
Low
Standard
Standard, Low, Very Low
Suspension Height
Low
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard, Low
Suspension stiffness
Stiff
Standard
Soft
Soft
Stiff, Standard, Soft
Steering Force
Steady
Standard
Comfort
Comfort
Steady, Standard, Comfort
Climate control
Standard
Standard
Standard
Eco
Standard, Eco
Note: Sport+, Sport, Comfort and Eco modes are customizable except for acceleration performance.
In Eco mode, the system will prioritize the saving of energy consumption for your vehicle. Compared with other drive modes, the comfortableness of the air conditioning is slightly poor. If necessary, you can set a higher or lower temperature than what is set in other modes manually.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Drive mode to enter the settings.
Scenario Assist
Snow Mode
Snow mode is appropriate for snow-covered roads, low-traction roads with a mixture of wet asphalt, snow, and ice, as well as slippery grass.
When the mode is activated, the vehicle retains all-wheel drive, with power distributed evenly to the front and rear wheels, and the accelerator pedal is relatively gentle, so as to guarantee a smooth start and to avoid slipping on slippery surfaces such as ice, which secures the driving through snowy terrain.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Snow Mode to turn this feature on or off.
The Snow Mode of your vehicle can improve your driving safety. However, please still drive with caution, and depress the accelerator and brake pedal slowly to control your vehicle speed. Pay attention to whether there are foreign objects in the surrounding environment of your vehicle to avoid damaging your vehicle.
Wet Mode
Wet Mode is appropriate for slick hard asphalt or flooded roads, as well as congested, slick sand and mud conditions.
Wet Mode increases stability and smoothness of the vehicle when starting, braking, and cornering. The vehicle retains all-wheel drive, with power distributed evenly to the front and rear wheels and with extremely low regenerative braking.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Wet Mode to turn this feature on or off.
The Wet Mode of your vehicle can improve your driving safety. However, please still drive with caution, and depress the accelerator and brake pedal slowly to control your vehicle speed. Pay attention to whether there are foreign objects in the surrounding environment of your vehicle to avoid damaging your vehicle.
Do not drive your vehicle onto muddy or swampy roads to avoid getting stuck or trapped.
Sand Mode
Sand Mode is appropriate for congested hard roadbed sandy soil and Gobi road surfaces.
Sand Mode smooths out the vehicle's starting and braking, allowing for some side-to-side slippage while preventing bogging and retaining forward ability. To improve driving enjoyment in sandy conditions, the vehicle retains all-wheel drive with increased power delivery to the rear axle, more aggressive power delivery, and vehicle stability control with extremely low regenerative braking.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Sand Mode to turn this feature on or off.
The Sand Mode of your vehicle can improve your driving safety. However, please still drive with caution, and pay attention to whether there are foreign objects in the surrounding environment of your vehicle to avoid damaging your vehicle.
Please do not drive your vehicle into soft deserts and seaside beaches to avoid getting stuck.
Trailer Mode
The vehicle automatically detects trailer connection and adjusts settings such as suspension height, rearview mirror angle, driver assistance, and safety features to adapt to the towing scenario.
Before towing, please shift to the P gear, go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Tow Hitch. This will extend the tow hitch. When a trailer is towed, Trailer Mode must always be active. When you connect the trailer's electrical harness, the vehicle will enable Trailer Mode after you confirm. Trailer Mode is deactivated when the trailer's electrical harness is disconnected. To manually enable or exit Trailer Mode, go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Driving and Parking > Trailer Mode. One of the following indicators is displayed on the instrument cluster at this time:
Icon
Description
The vehicle has detected the connection of the trailer lights, but Trailer Mode is not activated. The vehicle may already have an accessory connected.
The vehicle has detected an electrical connection fault with the trailer lights. Some or all of the trailer lights may be faulty. To ensure your safety, pull over as soon as possible and check the wiring or connection of the trailer lights for faults. If the problem has been resolved but the red icon is still on, please try turning off Trailer Mode and then turning it on again.
Warning拖车前,务必检查拖车模式是否已启用。
Before towing, be sure to check that the Tow Mode is on.
Under no circumstances should the Tow Mode be exited during the towing process. Doing so may result in serious injury and/or death.
Do not use the ride height adjustment setting on the center display to properly match the height of the towing device to the height of the trailer.
Note启用拖车模式时,某些 PILOT 功能(转向、召唤、车道辅助等)以及脚踢传感器、便利进出、超声波传感器功能可能不可用。
Some PILOT features (Steering Assist,Active Lane Change, etc.) as well as kick sensors, easy entry, and ultrasonic sensors may not be available in the Trailer Mode.
Please connect your vehicle to a trailer under the normal ride height. If you enter the Trailer Mode under an abnormal ride height, the ride height will be automatically adjusted to normal.
Easy Pass Through
The Easy Pass Through function allows the vehicle to better handle complex conditions such as potholes, roadside shoulders, deep snow, etc.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Easy Pass Through to turn this feature on or off.
After enabling the function, the vehicle's suspension height will rise to its maximum.
When the following situations occur, Easy Pass Through will automatically exit:
The vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h;
The drive mode changes;
ECO+ Mode
The power consumption of the vehicle can be reduced to attain greater range by disabling features that are not required for driving to meet the driving needs at the minimum.
In ECO+ Mode, the vehicle's top speed is constrained, driver assistance and other features are momentarily inaccessible, and comfort features like air conditioning and ambient lighting are also restricted.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > ECO+ Mode to turn this feature on or off.
You can switch to any regular drive mode or exit the ECO+ Mode by tapping the button again.
Feature Settings
Autohold
Autohold is to keep the vehicle stationary for temporary parking when the brake pedal is released.
During the driving process, when you press the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a stop, pressing the brake pedal further will activate the Autohold feature.
The icon is displayed on the digital instrument cluster when the Autohold feature is activated. When it is activated, you can step on the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal to deactivate Autohold.
Caution当车辆处于后退挡(R 挡)时,自动激活的驻车方式不生效。仍需使用深踩激活的方式驻车。
The Autohold mode will not be enabled when the vehicle is in REVERSE (R gear). You still need to use Full Press Activation to park.
You can also floor the brake pedal to activate Autohold in an emergency.
You can also activate Autohold when parking on an uphill road, where the braking system will provide sufficient braking force to keep the vehicle stationary in accordance with the gradient of the slope.
Caution坡度不得超过20%。
The gradient of the slope should not exceed 20%.
Emergency Braking
In the event of a brake pedal failure, you can activate Emergency Braking by pressing the P gear button, which will produce full braking deceleration under normal circumstances to stop the vehicle.
Press+hold the P gear button to activate Emergency Braking.
Release the P gear button, or step on the accelerator pedal to deactivate Emergency Braking. To re-activate Emergency Braking, you will need to press the button again.
Caution 只有遇到制动踏板失灵或卡滞等紧急情况,才需要激活应急制动功能。
The Emergency Braking feature should only be activated in emergency situations, such as brake pedal failure or sticking.
When you drive on large curves, uneven roads, or icy and snowy roads in winter, activating the emergency braking feature may cause your vehicle to spin or slip. Please drive with caution.
Hill Start Assist
Hill Start Assist prevents your vehicle from rolling backwards when starting uphill.
When your foot switches from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal, the pressure on the brake pedal will be maintained in the brake system for a maximum of 2 seconds. The temporary braking effect will disappear after 2 seconds or when you accelerate.
Enhanced Head-Up Display System
The Enhanced Heads-Up Display system mirrors and projects relevant information such as the vehicle speed, navigation, traffic signs, cruise signs, and Autohold through the front window glass above the digital instrument cluster.
At certain angles, sunlight refracts and reflects through the windshield and HUD, creating small bright spots on the windshield. These small bright spots will disappear as the lighting angle, driving direction, and slope change.
If you are driving in the same direction for an extended period, you can try adjusting the HUD height to reduce the appearance of the bright spots.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Display > Enhanced HUD to configure.
Turning on HUD
Active brightness adjustment
Height
Inclination
Once the height is set, the system will automatically memorize it.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Display > HUD Navigation Mode, and select different navigation display modes to meet different information acquisition requirements.
Auto: intelligently switch between Detailed mode or Minimal mode based on the road conditions.
Detailed: display the route and real-time location through a mini map.
Minimal: display only the road navigation information.
Lead Vehicle Start Alert
After the vehicle stops by following the lead vehicle, if the lead vehicle drives away, Lead Vehicle Start Alert will send you a reminder.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Lead Vehicle Start Alert to turn this feature on or off.
With this feature enabled in the manual driving mode, if you do not follow after the lead vehicle starts, the vehicle will remind you.
Lead Vehicle Start Alert serves as a reference only and cannot substitute your visual observation. You must always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road conditions, and drive at an appropriate and safe speed in compliance with applcable traffic laws and regulations.
Digital Video Recorder
The Digital Video Recorder feature includes Rolling Recording, Emergency Recording and Quick Video Recording.
Caution停车下电后,行车记录仪不再工作。
The DVR will cease to function when the vehicle is powered off.
Rolling Recording
The recording angle of Digital Video Recorder includes the main view angle and the front, rear, left, right and surround view angles, supporting simultaneous recording and real-time previews.
Main view: only records the main view angle of the camera, which supports a maximum resolution of 3,840x1,696 and has a picture fluency of 30 frames per second.
Five-view: records all view angles of the camera, with four surround-view cameras that support a maximum resolution of 1,280×1,000 and have a picture fluency of 30 frames per second.
The longest continuous rolling recording time for the main view angle of Digital Video Recorder is about 10 hours, and 5.7 hours for the five-view angle. When the corresponding time is exceeded, the original video file will be overwritten.
The contents of the Rolling Recording will be stored in the Photos > DVR > Rolling Recording folder. If you want to save a specific video file, insert a storage device such as a USB flash drive, select the video file, and transfer it to save it in the storage device.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Safety > DVR to enable or disable this feature.
When the feature is enabled, will be displayed at the top of the center display.
When the feature is disabled, will be displayed at the top of the center display.
When the Digital Video Recorder feature is enabled, the camera will be turned on and continue to record rolling videos until the video recording is terminated.
The Digital Video Recorder supports watermarking features, which are disabled by default and need to be enabled manually.
In the Settings for the recording interface of the Digital Video Recorder , tap Driving Data Embeddingto enable or disable the feature.
Emergency Recording
The Emergency Recording feature can record video images in the vehicle's memory. If the Autonomous Emergency Brake is triggered or the airbag is deployed, the emergency video will be recorded and saved.
The emergency videos include clips recorded 30 seconds before the emergency and 60 seconds after the emergency. The contents of the emergency video recording will be stored in the Photos > DVR > Emergencies folder. If you want to save a specific video file, insert a storage device such as a USB flash drive, select the file, and transfer it to save it in the storage device.
Quick Video Recording
You can use the Quick Video Recording feature to promptly record and save the ongoing events.
Go to the Quick Access interface by swiping right on the home interface of the center display, tap Quick Video Record to start recording, while is displayed at the top of the center display.
The Quick Video Recording saves clips recorded 30 seconds before and 60 seconds after it is triggered. The contents of the emergency video recording will be stored in the Photos > DVR > Emergencies folder. If you want to save a specific video file, insert a storage device such as a USB flash drive, select the file, and transfer it to save it in the storage device.
The storage space for emergency videos will not be cyclically overwritten, and manual cleaning is required when the storage space is full. Otherwise, the video recording feature will be affected.
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System (AVAS)
When your vehicle is traveling at low speeds (typically lower than 30 km/h), it emits a sound to alert other road users in the surrounding area, such as pedestrians and other vehicles.
Parking Camera and Parking Assist
Parking Assist monitors the surrounding conditions of vehicles at low speeds through ultrasonic sensors to help you drive safely.
During parking, your vehicle will warn you with warning sounds and images according to the distance between obstacles and the front or rear of the vehicle.
Distance
Frequency of the warning sounds
Color
1.2-1.5 m
None
White
0.9-1.2 m
0, 1, 2 times per second
White
0.6-0.9 m
0, 2, 3 times per second
Orange
0.3-0.6 m
3, 4, 5 times per second
Orange
Less than 0.3 m
High-frequency beeps
Red
Caution爱车前方和后方报警区域不超过1.5 米。
The warning zones in front of and behind the vehicle are limited to a distance of 1.5 meters.
Warning 泊车辅助提示仅供参考,无法替代您的目视观察。
Parking Assist Alert is provided for reference only and cannot replace your visual observation.
Parking Assist Alert is a driving assist feature and cannot address all traffic, weather, and road situations. To protect your safety, you must always pay attention to the traffic and road conditions and decide for yourself whether to activate Parking Assist Alert.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for safe driving and compliance with current traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling and Disabling Parking Camera
You can enable the parking camera in the following ways:
Swipe right from the home interface of the center display to enter the Quick Access interface, and tap Surround View icon to open the 360° surround view.
Enter the application center from the center display and tap Parking to open the memory view (360° surround view or dual-view).
Engage the vehicle in R gear and open the memory view (360° surround view or dual-view).
After setting the custom feature of the Middle button on the right side of the steering wheel to Surround View, to press+hold it will activate the 360° surround view.
Wake up NOMI, enable Parking with your voice, and enable the 360° surround view.
You can tap on the Settings icon in the upper right side of the Parking Camera interface and select to turn off the warning sound. You should take full responsibility for any risks that may arise from disabling the warning sound.
It is recommended to only disable the parking assist warning sound when the surrounding environment clearly does not require it. When you manually disable the parking assist warning sound, you assume all risks associated with it.
The parking camera will automatically exit when the vehicle is shifted into the P gear or when the vehicle speed exceeds 16 kilometers per hour.
If the vehicle is not in the R gear, you can also manually exit the parking camera by using your fingers to swipe the center display or by tapping the OFF button on the interactive interface.
The ultrasound sensors may be restricted under the following conditions, resulting in messages such as "Front parking radar fault," "Rear parking radar fault," or "Parking radar fault." These conditions include, but are not limited to:
One or more ultrasonic sensors are damaged, misplaced, or obscured (such as by mud or ice).
Adverse weather conditions such as rain, snow, fog, or haze affecting the sensors.
Interference from electrical devices or equipment that can generate disturbances affecting the sensors.
Due to the characteristics of ultrasonic sensors, they may produce false alarms in certain situations. These false alarms will end on their own as the road conditions change and will not affect driving, which include but are not limited to:
Rough asphalt, concrete, cobblestone roads, waterlogged roads, and other uneven surfaces.
Induction loops and similar devices buried under roads.
Interference caused by large vehicles, construction machinery, and other equipment nearby.
The ultrasonic sensors may have limitations in detecting obstacles with low heights, obstacles coming from above or the sides of the vehicle, narrow objects, and other items, including but not limited to the following. It is crucial for you to always pay attention to the surrounding environment. Failure to do so may result in property damage or personal injury:
Pedestrians, children, animals.
The activated ground lock, low stone pillars, cylindrical objects, thin poles, sharp objects, and uneven ground surfaces.
Height-restricted gates, poles, or overhead structures.
Obstacles on the sides of the vehicle that may cause collisions or scratches.
Bicycles, wall corners, edges of parking lot barriers, etc.
Parking Camera Interface
The parking camera consists of two interfaces: 360° surround view and dual-view. Tap the button on the 360° surround view to switch the interfaces.
Button
Feature
Switch to the dual-view.
Switch to the 360° surround view.
Quick Access.
Switch to the hub view.
Parking Camera View
After opening the Dual-View interface, you can switch to the front view and rear view by switching between the Drive (D) gear and the Reverse (R) gear, or tap the 3D view, front view, rear view, left and right hub view, front hub view and rear hub view in the lower left area of the center display to switch between different views.
When using the 3D view, you can adjust the viewing angle by swiping with one finger, adjust the viewing distance by zooming in with two fingers and adjust the viewing height by swiping up and down with two fingers.
When the center display shows the left/right wheel view, front wheel view, or rear wheel view, the parking view will not change when you shift gears.
Adjusting the Brightness of the Parking Camera
Auto Adjustment
Tap Quick Access in the Parking Camera interface to find Brightness Adjustment, then select Auto. The brightness of the center display can be automatically adjusted along with the brightness of the environment.
Manual Adjustment
Tap Quick Access in the Parking Camera interface to find Brightness, then slide the brightness adjustment slider to manually adjust the brightness of the central display.
Dynamic Steering View
After the feature is activated, the viewing angle of the front and rear reversing images will be adjusted according to the rotation angle of the steering wheel, helping users expand their reversing view and improving parking safety.
Enter the application center from the bottom of the center display, tap Parking, and turn on Dynamic Steering View in the Parking settings.
Dynamic Transparent Chassis
Dynamic transparent chassis refers to a transparent effect that can be presented, via technical processing, on the road images collected by the camera in advance when the vehicle is moving, and transmitted to the center display of the vehicle so that the road conditions can be seen in the vehicle.
You can enable this feature on the Settings interface of the parking camera. After the dynamic transparent chassis is enabled, the transparency of the model during driving can be customized, which includes four options: Opaque, Low, Medium and High.
The Dynamic Transparent Chassis cannot detect possible environmental changes under the chassis when the vehicle is stationary. Please drive with caution and always pay attention to your surroundings to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Dynamic Blind Spot
Due to the relative positioning of the cameras and the body, there is a dynamic blind spot range covering 20 centimeters around the model of your vehicle in the 360° Surround View. Please pay attention to the actual situation around your vehicle when parking.
The blind spot indication shown in the surround view image serves as a reference only, and cannot substitute your visual observation.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and park the vehicle only after your safety is ensured.
Due to the existence of blind spots, some low objects close to the vehicle may not be fully displayed. Please pay attention and drive carefully.
Seat Belts
Seat Belt Instructions
Seat belts are one of the most important ways to protect occupants in an accident. Using seat belts together with airbags can reduce the risk of severe injury if a collision occurs.
Both front and rear seats feature seat belts with pretensioners (dual-stage for front seats). The pretensioners rapidly retract and latch seat belts the instant a severe collision occurs, thereby providing increased protection for occupants. The force limiter can then prevent the seat belt from exerting too much force on the occupant and minimize belt-inflicted injury.
Warning不系安全带或未正确佩戴安全带可能带来严重的人员伤亡,请务必正确佩戴安全带。
If the seat belt is not fastened or correctly fastened, serious injury or death may occur as a result. Always fasten your seat belt correctly.
Do not unfasten your seat belt while your vehicle is in motion. Otherwise, serious injury may occur in the event of an accident.
Please keep your seat belt clean, and avoid blocking the socket with foreign objects. Otherwise, the seat belt will not be able to be buckled reliably.
Before use, please check your seat belt and its fixing mechanism carefully for damage and aging. If there is any damage, never continue using it, and replace your seat belt immediately.
Do not repair damaged seat belts by yourself. Do not remove or install seat belts by yourself under any circumstances.
Do not share one seat belt with another person (such as holding a child), or it may cause secondary injury to passengers in the event of an accident.
A seat belt that is stretched and deformed during an accident has lost its safety protection feature. Even if its surface is not damaged, it shall be replaced immediately.
Once the pretension force limiting device of the seat belt is triggered during an accident, it shall be replaced immediately. In some accidents, even if the pretension force limiting device is not triggered, it is recommended to go to the NIO Service Center for inspection and have it replaced if necessary.
Please do not tilt your backrest too far back. Otherwise, the protective function of your seat belt will be seriously affected.
Seat Belt Warning Light
All seats are equipped with seat belts. When the driver is seated (with doors closed or the brake pedal pressed) or is driving, the seat belt warning light on the digital instrument cluster will turn on if anyone in the front is unbuckled. If the vehicle is driven at a speed over 22 km/h and the seat belts are still not fastened, the warning light will flash and a chime will sound. After seat belts are fastened, the warning light will turn off and the chime will stop. If the belts remain unfastened, the chime will stop after 100 seconds, but the warning light will stay on.
When the driver is seated (with doors closed or the brake pedal pressed), the seat belt warning light on the digital instrument cluster will turn on if a passenger in the rear is not buckled up. After the seat belt is fastened, the warning light will turn off.
When rear seat belts are not fastened:
If the vehicle is in motion, the warning light automatically turns off after 33 seconds.
If the vehicle is driving over 22 km/h, the warning light flashes and a chime sounds. The warning light turns off after all occupants are buckled up.
If passengers in the rear seats remain unbuckled, the warning light automatically turns off after 33 seconds.
Warning若安全带未系报警功能异常,请勿使用相关座椅,并请立即联系服务中心检查安全带功能。
If the seat belt reminder malfunctions, do not use the seat and contact NIO immediately for inspection.
Wearing Seat Belts
Use the seat belts correctly as follows:
Pull the seat belt by the belt buckle evenly across your body, ensuring the shoulder portion of the belt lies over the shoulder while the lap portion of the belt across the pelvis. Never lie the seat belt across the neck and abdomen. Insert the belt buckle into the belt latch until you hear a click indicating it is locked in place.
Press the button and slide the belt up or down to adjust the seat belt height. Release the button when the belt is at an appropriate height. To check if the belt is securely locked in place, pull firmly on the shoulder strap of the belt.
To release the seat belt, press the red button on the belt latch to pop out the belt buckle. Guide the belt back by hand so that it can roll up more easily.
Ensure that the backrest and head restraint are positioned correctly before wearing a seat belt, so that the seat belt can protect the occupant to the fullest extent possible.
A seat belt that is either too loose or too tight can cause injury if a collision occurs.
For a pregnant occupant, the seat belt must rest evenly across the chest and as low and flat as possible across the hips. Failure to do so can cause severe injury to both the unborn fetus and the mother if the seat belt tightens in the event of an accident.
Airbags
Airbag Instructions
As a restraint system, airbags are a supplement to seat belts. Airbags can quickly inflate in the event of a severe accident to protect the head and chest of the occupant and reduce injury severity. However, they cannot prevent injuries to limbs and body surfaces. Occupants enjoy maximum protection only when both airbags and seat belts are used appropriately.
Your vehicle is equipped with collision sensors. When a front or side collision that satisfies the conditions of deploying the airbag system occurs, the corresponding airbags will deploy. The gas generator inside the airbag will be enabled to release gas at a certain pressure to open the airbag cover and fill the entire airbag, forming a protective buffer layer to protect occupants and reduce the risk of injury or death.
The airbag system includes front airbags and side airbags. The locations of the airbags are labeled "AIRBAG".
Front airbags include front head airbags that are located in the steering wheel and on the instrument panel of the passenger side;
Side airbags include front side airbags located on both sides of the driver’s seat and on the outside of the front passenger seat and curtain airbags located on the headliner on both sides from A pillar to C pillar.
Airbags are a supplementary restraint system and cannot replace seat belts. The airbag can only maximize your safety when used in conjunction with the seat belt. Thus, all occupants should always correctly wear their seat belt and sit in the correct position.
The driver should sit at least 25 cm away from the steering wheel, since the airbag may injure the driver when deployed with great force.
Children must not sit in the front passenger seat if the front passenger airbag is enabled. In the case of an accident, the impact of the airbag when deployed may cause severe injury to children.
Do not place any objects on the front passenger seat. These objects will enter the deployment area and be ejected if the airbag deploys in the event of emergency braking, which may injure occupants.
The airbag system can only provide protection once. If the airbag has been deployed, you must have it replaced; during certain accidents, the airbag may not deploy. However, to ensure that the airbag system works properly, please contact NIO immediately for inspection or replacement if necessary.
If any damage or fractures are found on the airbag cover, do not use the vehicle and contact NIO immediately.
If the airbag system has never been deployed for a period of ten years from its production date, please visit NIO to have it replaced. A record of the airbag system’s replacement needs to be kept and given to the new owner when the vehicle’s ownership is transferred.
Installing or removing airbag system components, including airbag labels, is prohibited.
Smoke and fine powder may be produced when the airbag deploys. Even if the fine powder is nontoxic, it may still make occupants feel uncomfortable.
When using seat covers, avoid the area around the side airbags for the front seats. Doing so may impair the protective function of the side airbags.
Do not place any objects in the deployment area of the curtain airbags (including pillars, headliner or handles). Occupants should not lean against the doors. Doing so may result in injury if a curtain airbag deploys.
Do not place any hard objects (including clothes hangers, fruits, or glass bottles) on the garment hooks in the vehicle. Doing so may result in injury if a curtain airbag deploys.
Never place your feet, knees or other body parts on or near the airbag covers. Do not place or hang any objects on or near the airbag covers. Doing so may impair the functionality of the airbags and may result in injury if an airbag deploys.
Never place, hang or install any objects on or near the instrument panel on the passenger side. Doing so may result in injury if an airbag deploys.
Never modify the headliner of the vehicle. Doing so may impair the functionality of the curtain airbags, and result in injury if they deploy.
Never place or hang any heavy or sharp-edged objects on the front passenger sun visor. Doing so may result in injury if the front passenger airbag deploys.
The smoke and dust generated during the rapid airbag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation/scalds/burns, and the airbag fibers may cause skin scratches or burns.
Conditions for Deploying Airbags
Airbags will inflate in the following cases:
The vehicle hits a wall or another vehicle at a high speed.
The vehicle hits a hard curb.
The vehicle falls into a deep ditch.
The vehicle is impacted by another vehicle at high speed from the side.
The vehicle goes upward and then hits the road hard.
In the following cases, airbags may not deploy and the occupants should be protected by wearing the seat belts correctly:
The vehicle hits a tree, pole, or other tall and thin objects.
The vehicle is hit by another vehicle in the rear.
The vehicle rolls over.
The vehicle collides with or slides under a truck.
The front corner of the vehicle collides with another vehicle.
The front corner of the vehicle collides with a wall.
The vehicle travels sideways into a pole.
The front side of the vehicle is hit by another vehicle at a certain angle.
The side of the vehicle body is hit by another vehicle at a certain angle.
The vehicle is hit by another vehicle on the side.
Airbag Warning Indicator
An airbag warning indicator
on the digital instrument cluster displays the status of airbags. If the indicator is on after the digital instrument cluster turns on, do not use the vehicle and contact NIO immediately.
Disabling Front Airbags
Because the front airbags rapidly inflate and unfold with great force, the distance between front airbags and front occupants should be at least 25 cm. If a child or an occupant with special medical needs is seated in the front passenger seat, Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving > Front Passenger Airbag to disable the front passenger airbag. Then the
icon will appear at the top of the center display to remind you that the front passenger airbag has been disabled. This can reduce the risk of severe injury to the vulnerable.
Actions to Take After Airbags Are Deployed
When a collision occurs and airbags deploy, the vehicle will automatically take the following actions to ensure occupant safety:
Unlocking doors to ensure that occupants or rescue personnel can open the doors.
Turning on hazard warning lights to indicate the vehicle’s location and alert vehicles approaching from the rear.
Cutting off the high voltage system to ensure occupant safety.
Opening windows to prevent occupants from being trapped in the vehicle if it is submerged in water.
Turning off Driver Seat Memory to avoid the seat moving to a position that traps the driver.
Turning on reading lights, especially for the convenience of rescue at night.
Child Locks
The child locks are deactivated by default. They need to be set up to be activated. Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Doors and Windows Lock > Doors to see the settings for the child locks.
Manually Activate and Deactivate Door/Window Child Locks
Tap Rear Door/Window Child Locks. ON represents that this feature is activated, and OFF represents that this feature is deactivated.
If the child lock of the corresponding door/window fails to be activated or deactivated, a pop-up reminder will appear on the center display. Repeat the above procedure until it is successful.
Caution儿童锁开启时,请勿单独将儿童留在车内,以免造成意外伤害。
When Child Protection Locks are on, please do not leave children unattended in the vehicle. Doing so may result in injury or death.
After turning on Child Protection Locks, please check their status again.
Child Safety Seat
When a child under 12 years old or with a height less than 1.5 meters rides in your vehicle, always install a child safety seat or booster cushion. Please have the child sit in the child safety seat or booster cushion instead of holding him or letting him sit on an adult's lap to fully protect the child.
Only child safety seats that are approved for children and comply with relevant regulations or standards are allowed to be used. Check the markings on the child safety seat when selecting a child safety seat. When installing and using a child safety seat, follow the relevant laws and regulations, the instructions of the child safety seat manufacturer and the instructions on the safety of children in this user manual.
Important Instructions for Using Child Safety Seats
Proper use of child safety seats will greatly reduce the risk of injury to children and reduce the severity of injury in accidents. Please be aware of the following when using child safety seats:
We advise not to install a child safety seat in the middle seat of the rear row.
When installing a seat belt type child safety seat in the front passenger seat, adjust the seat to its highest position.
Children must use child safety seats, maintain a correct posture and have their seat belts fastened during their ride.
Never let your child ride without protection.
One child safety seat cannot be shared by more than one child.
Do not ride with a child in your arms.
Hard or sharp objects may injure a child in an accident. Keep them away from the child safety seat.
If a rearward-facing child safety seat is installed in the rear seat of your vehicle, it is necessary to adjust the corresponding front seat forward as appropriate. If a forward-facing child safety seat is installed on the rear seat of your vehicle, it may be necessary to adjust the height of the seat headrest.
Children need to be supervised by adults when sitting in child safety seats. Never leave children alone in your vehicle.
Do not let children stand in your vehicle or kneel on the seat during driving. A standing or kneeling child could be thrown forward during an accident, which may lead to injury or death to the child or another passenger.
The instructions of the child safety seat manufacturer on the correct use of the seat belt must be observed. Proper fastening of seat belts can make full use of the protection afforded by the child safety seat.
In case of collision or emergency braking, a child safety seat that is not properly installed and fixed in place could move and injure other passengers in your vehicle. Therefore, even when the child safety seat is not in use, it must also be properly installed and secured in your vehicle.
When a child is riding in the child safety seat, do not let him lean his head or body against the door, the side of the seat or the pillar, or below the roof beam. In case of an accident, side airbags or curtain airbags will deploy in those areas, increasing the risk of injury to the child.
Child Safety Seat Grouping
Only a child safety seat that is approved and suitable for the child is allowed to be used. Children taller than 1.5 meters can use the vehicle seat belts as would an adult. If a child safety seat needs to be used, it must comply with relevant regulations or standards.
Table 1. CRS Table
Weight groups allowed*
0, 0+, I, II, III
0, 0+, I, II, III
0, 0+, I, II, III
0, 0+, I, II, III
0, 0+, I, II, III
Seat position
Driver
1st row passenger
2nd row left
2nd row middle
2nd row right
Passenger Airbag OFF
Passenger Airbag ON
Seating position suitable for universal belts (yes/no)
N/A
Yes (*a)
No
Yes
Yes (*b)
Yes
i-Size seating position (yes/no)
N/A
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Seating position suitable for lateral fixture (L1/L2)*
N/A
No
No
No
No
No
Largest suitable rearward-facing fixture (R1/R2X/R2/R3)*
N/A
No
No
R1/R2X/R2/R3
No
R1/R2X/R2/R3
Largest suitable forward-facing fixture (F1/F2X/F2/F3)*
N/A
No
No
F2X/F2/F3
No
F2X/F2/F3
Largest suitable booster cushion fixture (B2/B3)*
N/A
No
No
B2/B3
No
B2/B3
Suitable for support leg
N/A
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Note:
*The weight group and child seat category are defined according to ECE R16 and R44, you can find the category of child seat on it’s specification. The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age, weight and size of the child.
(a) If it is absolutely necessary for you to install a child seat to the front passenger seat, be sure to turn passenger airbag off. Adjust front passenger seat to highest position before installing universal CRS on it. Adjust or remove headrest if it blocks the adjustment of CRS.
(b) It is forbidden to install a child seat with a support base or with a support leg on the middle seat of the 2 nd row.
Table 2. Recommended Child Restraints by NIO
Group
Manufacturer
Model
Attachment
0 & 0+
Besafe
iZi CombiX4 ISOFIX
ISOFIX mounted with support leg, rearward facing.
Up to 13 kg
I
9-18 kg
II
Cybex
Solution Z i-Fix
ISOFIX mounted forward facing.
15-25 kg
III
Osann
UP
seatbelt, forward facing
22-36 kg
NIO recommends to install appropriate CRS on the 2nd row outer seating positions. CRS instruction should be followed to have the best protection for your kids.
NIO recommends to use rearward-facing CRS FOR kids under 18kg. Babies and small children have comparatively weak neck muscles in relation to the size and weight of their head. The risk of injury to the cervical spine during an accident can be reduced in a rearward-facing child restraint system.
For group II child (weight from 15-25kg), NIO recommends to use Cybex Solution Z i-Fix.
For group III child (weight from 22-36kg), NIO recommends to use Ossan UP booster cushion.
Selection of Child Safety Seat
There is a warning label for the front row airbag on the sun visor on the front passenger side.
To place a child safety seat in the front row seat, you need to disable the front row airbag. Go to the Settings page in the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Driving > Front Passenger Airbag, and turn off the front passenger airbag. After doing so, the icon appears at the top of the center display to remind you that the front row airbag is disabled.
Children should use a child safety seat or seat belt in either outer rear seat according to the age, height and weight of the child:
Reclining child safety seats should be used for infants whose weight less than 13 kg. They should be installed rearwards in rear seats whenever possible.
Child safety seats with safety platforms or five-point seat belts should be used for children with a weight of 9-18 kg. It is recommended to install them rearwards in rear seats.
Forward-facing child safety seats should be used for children with a weight of 15-25 kg. They should be installed in rear seats in coordination with seat belts.
Child booster cushions should be used for children with a weight of 22-36 kg and a height less than 1.5 meters. They should be installed in rear seats in coordination with seat belts.
The upper belt must lay flat across the shoulder and chest, and never lay across the neck; the lower belt must lay flat across the pelvis, and never lay across the abdomen.
Installation of Child Safety Seat
Before installing a child safety seat, please read the instructions for the child safety seat carefully to confirm that it can be installed in your vehicle. If the vehicle seat belt or ISOFIX connection can be used to fix the child safety seat according to the installation method of the child safety seat, it is recommended to use the ISOFIX connection preferentially.
Securing with Vehicle Seat Belt
Install the child safety seat in the rear seat, put the vehicle seat belt through the child safety seat and insert the tongue into the buckle. Make sure that the seat belt is straight, not twisted. Pull the seat belt to confirm that it cannot be pulled out.
Securing with ISOFIX Connection
Both outer rear seats in your vehicle are equipped with ISOFIX connections suitable for installing child safety seats. The ISOFIX connection is hidden under the cover between the seat back and the seat cushion. After opening the cover, insert it into the gap between the seat back and the cushion, and then use the ISOFIX connection to install the child safety seat.
Lift the cover between the seat back and the seat cushion, and insert the lower part of the child safety seat into the hook in the ISOFIX connection until you hear a click.
Pass the upper fixing belt of the child safety seat under the seat headrest and connect it with the hook in the upper safety device of the rear seat.
Pull the child safety seat hard to check whether it is firmly installed.
The ISOFIX attachment points are designed solely for child safety seats with the ISOFIX system. To avoid injury, never secure other objects to ISOFIX.
Always follow the child safety seat manufacturer’s instructions and this manual when installing and removing a child safety seat. Improper usage can result in injury to your child or other passengers.
Multi Collision Braking (MCB)
MCB (Multi Collision Braking) comes standard on ET7. In certain types of collisions, the vehicle's brakes are applied to help prevent or mitigate a secondary collision.
To help avoid or mitigate a secondary collision, the brakes are applied automatically to help braking the vehicle to stop. The brake lights and hazard warning flashers will be activated and the flashers will remain on after the vehicle has come to a standstill. The electrical parking brake will then be applied automatically.
In a situation where stopping the vehicle may not be desirable, you can override this operation by pressing the accelerator pedal.
This feature can only operate when the braking system is sufficiently intact after the collision.
Pet Mode
When the vehicle is put in P gear, go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Pet Mode to turn it on. You can keep your pets in your vehicle when necessary. After locking the vehicle and leaving, it will maintain an appropriate temperature inside the vehicle, ensuring the safety of both your pet and the vehicle. You can manually disable the Pet Mode through the central control screen or the mobile App whenever needed.
After you set the Pet Mode to ON, when you successfully lock your vehicle, the air conditioning air volume, the ventilation mode and the internal and external circulation will enter automatic mode (the temperature in your vehicle is 22 ℃ by default and can be manually set). The center display will display the cabin temperature and a prompt stating that pets have been intentionally left in the vehicle. The brightness of the instrument cluster and HUD display will be adjusted to the minimum, and the brightness of the center display will be adjusted to 50%. At this time, the NOMI voice wake-up feature will be disabled, the window adjustment button will not be available, and the child locks will be activated for the rear doors and windows to ensure the safety of your pets and vehicle.
The Pet Mode is disabled by default before each drive, and once enabled, it can maintain the previous state even if the account is switched.
Caution宠物模式
Pet Mode is only for the temporary placement of pets. Please do not leave children alone in your vehicle.
It is not possible to activate Pet Mode simultaneously with Power-Keep Mode or Camping Mode.
After Pet Mode is activated, Smart Guardian and Real-Time Surround View are temporarily unavailable. They can be reactivated after Pet Mode is exited and your vehicle is locked.
After Pet Mode is activated, system update and gear shifting operations cannot be performed for your vehicle.
Pet Mode can only be activated when your vehicle is in P gear and all four doors are closed. If your vehicle is in N gear, Pet Mode cannot be activated.
After Pet Mode is activated, you will be prompted with a message that your pets are in your vehicle through your mobile App every two hours. If the current remainder range of your vehicle is less than 60 kilometers and it is not being charged, you will be prompted by a message; if the current remainder range of your vehicle is less than 10 kilometers, Pet Mode will be automatically exited and the windows will be opened to enter Ajar Mode to protect your pets.
If the high-voltage system or climate control system of your vehicle is abnormal, Pet Mode will be automatically exited and the windows will be opened to enter Ajar Mode to protect your pets.
Power-Keep Mode
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Power-Keep Mode to turn the mode on. When you temporarily need to leave the vehicle (such as for buying coffee or breakfast), enabling the Power-Keep Mode can maintain the current comfortable environment inside the vehicle.
You can set the duration for the Power-Keep Mode, and after reaching the set time, the vehicle will automatically exit this mode.
When the Power-Keep Mode is enabled and you successfully lock the vehicle, it will retain the current status of the lights, air conditioning, seats, windshield wipers, and other features. Alternatively, it can also restore the previous state before you left the vehicle automatically once the mode is exited.
The Power-Keep Mode is disabled by default before each drive, and once enabled, it can maintain the previous functional settings even if the account is switched.
Caution离车不下电模式
Power-Keep Mode is only designed to maintain a comfortable interior climate during a temporary walk-away. Do not leave children and pets alone in your vehicle.
It is not possible to activate Power-Keep Mode simultaneously with Pet Mode or Camping Mode.
After Power-Keep Mode is activated, Smart Guardian and Real-Time Surround View are temporarily unavailable. They can be reactivated after Power-Keep Mode is exited and your vehicle is locked.
Power-Keep Mode can only be activated when your vehicle is in P gear. If your vehicle is in N gear, Power-Keep Mode cannot be activated.
After Power-Keep Mode is activated, system update and gear shifting operations cannot be performed for your vehicle.
If the current remainder range of your vehicle is less than 60 kilometers and it is not being charged, you will be prompted by a message; if the current remainder range of your vehicle is less than 10 kilometers, Power-Keep Mode will be automatically exited.
If the high-voltage system or climate control system of your vehicle is abnormal, Power-Keep Mode will be automatically exited.
Camping Mode
When the vehicle is put in Park, go to the Settings interface on the left side of the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving and Parking > Camping Mode to turn on the camping mode. When you need to use the in-car power supply for a long time (e.g. when camping outdoors), a safe and comfortable camping experience will be achieved. You can manually turn off the Camping Mode on the center display or in the mobile App when needed.
When Camping Mode is on, the air conditioning is turned on, with front and rear row temperature at 25℃ by default, the air circulation is turned on, the air purification is adjusted to Silent mode, at the same time, all screens inside the car go off according to the screen off delay time you set, the interior lighting and doors/windows are adjusted according to the setting options, and the Hands-Free Liftgate feature is automatically turned off. NOMI enters Do Not Disturb mode at the same time.
The Camping Mode is disabled by default before each drive, and once enabled, it can maintain the previous state even if the account is switched.
Caution露营模式
It is not possible to activate Camping Mode simultaneously with Pet Mode or Power-Keep Mode.
Camping Mode can only be activated when your vehicle is in P gear. If your vehicle is in N gear, Camping Mode cannot be activated.
After Camping Mode is activated, Smart Guardian and Real-Time Surround View are temporarily unavailable. They can be reactivated after Camping Mode is exited and your vehicle is locked.
After Camping Mode is activated, system update and gear shifting operations cannot be performed for your vehicle, and the features of Walk Up Unlock and Walk Away Lock will be temporarily turned off. They will be resumed after exiting the Camping Mode. In this mode, it is recommended to turn on the air conditioning to maintain air circulation.
If the current remainder range of your vehicle is less than 60 kilometers and it is not being charged, you will be prompted by a message; if the current remainder range of your vehicle is less than 10 kilometers, Camping Mode will be automatically exited and the windows will be opened to enter Ajar Mode.
When Camping Mode is on and the car is locked from inside, if someone opens the door from inside and leaves the car, the center display in the car will light up, and a message will be displayed to remind anyone left in the car of the vehicle's unlocked status.
If the high-voltage system or Climate Control system of your vehicle is abnormal, Camping Mode will be automatically exited and the windows will be opened to enter Ajar Mode.
When Camping Mode is on, the Hands-Free Liftgate feature will be automatically turned off.
Child Presence Detection
As an auxiliary feature for the safety of children, Child Presence Detection can effectively remind users when children are left alone in the vehicle, and gives a high-frequency reminder for a short period of time, reducing the likelihood of incidents caused by users forgetting their children.
The in-vehicle cameras and other sensors will detect the presence of children after the user locks the vehicle. If any child is left alone in the vehicle, it will remind the user by means of flashing hazard warning flasher, audible alerts, messages on mobile App, etc.
Go to Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Safety > Child Presence Detection to enable or disable this feature. When this feature is enabled, in the event of a hardware failure (including in-vehicle camera, radar or air conditioning, etc.), the status icon will be displayed at the top of the center display, and corresponding prompts will be displayed when the icon is tapped; Similarly, in the events such as when the camera is fully covered, the status icon will be displayed at the top of the center display, and corresponding prompts will be displayed when the icon is tapped.
Caution儿童遗留检测
The primary purpose of Child Presence Detection (CPD), an auxiliary safety feature, is to detect and notify users of children that have been left behind in the backseat. However, the feature cannot entirely protect children due to the possibility of omissions and false alerts, and users are not encouraged to leave children unattended in the vehicle.
Please return as soon as you can to the vehicle to take care of the children and ensure their safety after receiving the SMS and push notification from the mobile App.
Alcohol Interlock
The purpose of alcohol interlocks is to enhance traffic safety by preventing anyone with alcohol concentration exceeding a set limit value from driving a motor vehicle.
Before you install the interlock, the following safety risks should be considered:
With your vehicle in the P gear, turn off the high-voltage power supply (to cut off the high-voltage circuit, disconnect the emergency high-voltage cutoff plug located under the hood near the coolant reservoir, and then disconnect the cable connected to the negative terminal of the 12V battery).
The responsibility for the safe installation will remain on the alcohol interlock installer.
The alcohol interlock electrical plug is located below the front right seat. The alcohol interlock is connected as follows:
Move the right seat to its foremost top position.
Lift the carpet and the alcohol interlock cover, and take out the electrical plug of the alcohol interlock.
Connect the alcohol interlock electrical plug and the alcohol interlock handset.
Mount the alcohol interlock handset and the alcohol interlock control unit under the console box.
Note酒精锁说明
After installing the alcohol interlock, no visual or audible indication will be given from the vehicle, but the alcohol interlock handset will show the operation instructions.
Warning请勿自行拆卸酒精锁设备。如需要拆卸,请联系蔚来汽车服务中心。
Do not remove the alcohol interlock by yourself. If you need to remove the alcohol interlock, please contact the NIO Service Center.
The alcohol interlock connection schematics are as follows:
Feature
Cable or pin
Position of connection
1
Battery feed (KL30), uninterrupted
For nominal 12 V, the alcohol interlock requires.
Gray Cable
Pin 1
0.5 mm²
In Instrument Electrical Center box under front passenger foot pedal.
2
Ground
Black Cable
Pin 2
0.5 mm²
Under driver's seat for Left Driver and under front passenger seat for Right Driver.
3c
Data bus connection
Connection to an internal data bus of the vehicle for information exchange between the vehicle and the alcohol interlock.
White-Red Cable
Pin 4
0.35mm²
Under driver's seat for Right Driver and under front passenger seat for Left Driver.
Forward Collision Warning
Forward Collision Warning will emit visual, audible and tactile alerts if the system determines that there is a potential risk of collision between your vehicle and a vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle or pedestrian in front.
For detection of vehicles, pedestrians or cyclists moving in the same direction, Forward Collision Warning operates only when you are driving at a speed of not less than about 4 km/h.
Warning前向碰撞预警仅供参考,无法替代您的注意力与判断。
The Forward Collision Warning is for reference only and cannot replace your attention and judgment.
The Forward Collision Warning is only applicable to the prevention of frontal collisions, and will not work when the vehicle is in reverse gear.
As a driving assist feature, the Forward Collision Warning can neither respond to all traffic, weather or road conditions, nor detect vehicles in all cases. It may become ineffective, inappropriate or untimely due to a number of factors.
You must always pay attention to the traffic conditions and road environment. Do not rely on the judgment of the Forward Collision Warning. Otherwise, personal injury or vehicle damage may occur.
For safety reasons, do not intentionally drive towards vehicles to test the Forward Collision Warning feature. When danger is found, do not wait for the Forward Collision Warning to trigger before taking action.
If the risk of a collision further increases, Autonomous Emergency Braking will intervene regardless of whether the driver applies the brake or not.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for safe driving and shall abide by the current traffic laws and regulations.
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Forward Collision Warning to enable or disable this feature.
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Timing to set the warning timing for this feature.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display displays visual warnings when the Forward Collision Warning is triggered.
When Forward Collision Warning is triggered, the dynamic environment simulation will display a visual alert.
Once the forward collision warning is deactivated, the vehicle will not provide alerts for potential collisions. It is recommended that you do not deactivate this feature.
The feature will automatically be reactivated when the vehicle system restarts.
Precautions and Restrictions
Forward Collision Warning may fail to function as intended due to camera detection failures in some situations, including but not limited to:
The positions of the cameras are changed.
The cameras are obstructed or stained.
Visibility is poor in dim environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel, resulting in impaired recognition.
Sudden changes in brightness, such as when entering or exiting a tunnel.
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles.
The view of the camera is interfered by direct sunlight or other light sources.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera.
The road is wet.
The camera cannot focus or malfunctions.
Forward Collision Warning may fail to function as intended due to LiDAR sensor detection failures in some situations, including but not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead:
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads.
Water, dust, transparent vehicle coverings, color-changing film, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snowfall and other obstructions on the LiDAR window.
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure.
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may occur for the traffic signs, high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed or elevated sections.
Forward Collision Warning will only respond to road users that satisfy the feature's operational conditions. Some targets below will not trigger a response, including but not limited:
This feature cannot guarantee the recognition of all special vehicles in all circumstances, especially during nighttime, extra caution is required. For example, three-wheeled vehicles, vehicles with damaged taillights or indistinct rear contours, vehicles with obstructions at the rear, vehicles with irregular shapes, vehicles with a rear vertical surface below a certain height, and unloaded commercial vehicles, among others.
The feature may have false negatives for stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially during nighttime, so extra caution is necessary.
There is a possibility of false triggering of the feature in special scenarios where vehicles need to drive close to carrier trucks or recovery vehicles.
Forward Collision Warning may fail to function as intended if the target is not right in front in some situations, including but not limited to:
It will not respond to targets in the blind spots of the sensor, such as targets in blind spots at corners, sides and back of the vehicle.
The target may be incorrectly selected or missed when the vehicle is approaching or navigating a curve.
The target may be lost or the distance to the target may be misjudged when the vehicle is on a slope.
When only a part of the vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of you (especially large vehicles such as buses and trucks), the target may not be identified in time.
When your vehicle suddenly cuts to the back of a vehicle in front, or when other vehicles abruptly cut into or out of the front of your vehicle, the target may not be identified in time.
Forward Collision Warning may fail to function as intended due to special or complicated road conditions, including but not limited to:
Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, electric bicycles, or animals.
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, congested roads.
The following actions may result in the Forward Collision Warning not issuing an alert, including but not limited to:
When the driver is already applying the brakes, the Forward Collision Warning may not issue an alert.
When the driver presses the accelerator pedal deeply or suddenly, the Forward Collision Warning may not issue an alert.
When the driver makes a sudden steering maneuver, the Forward Collision Warning may not issue an alert.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions do not exhaust all the situations that may affect the proper operation of Forward Collision Warning. Forward Collision Warning may be affected by many factors. To avoid safety accidents, be sure to always pay attention to traffic, road and vehicle conditions and drive with caution.
Autonomous Emergency Braking
When the system determines that a frontal collision with a vehicle in front is unavoidable, it will apply the brakes to reduce the speed and minimize the impact of a rear-end collision.
For detection of vehicles,pedestrians or cyclists in front, Autonomous Emergency Braking operates only when you are driving between about 4 km/h and 150 km/h.
For detection of pedestrians behind, Autonomous Emergency Braking operates only when you are driving between about 4 km/h and 15 km/h.
When Autonomous Emergency Braking has been triggered, the vehicle speed will be reduced by up to 60 km/h to mitigate the impact of a possible collision. For example, if Autonomous Emergency Braking is triggered at a speed of 90 km/h, the brakes will be released after the vehicle speed is reduced to 30 km/h.
When Autonomous Emergency Braking is triggered, the dynamic environment simulation will display a visual alert, and the brake light will turn on.
Caution对于后方行人的识别及制动尚处于持续优化阶段,该功能不能保证所有情形下都识别到行人。
The recognition of pedestrians behind the vehicle as well as braking is still in the continuous optimization stage. This feature cannot guarantee the recognition of pedestrians in all situations.
As a driving assist feature, Autonomous Emergency Braking cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather, and road conditions and cannot detect vehicles in all situations. Several factors can cause an invalid, inappropriate, or untimely warning.
You must pay attention to the traffic and road conditions at all times. Never depend on Autonomous Emergency Braking to avoid collisions or reduce the impact of a collision. Doing so can cause personal injury or vehicle damage. For safety reasons, never test the use of Autonomous Emergency Braking when facing the direction of other vehicles, cyclists, or pedestrians. If you come across a dangerous situation, never wait for Autonomous Emergency Braking to intervene before taking action. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Autonomous Emergency Braking may apply short and sharp braking to reduce the risk of a potential collision, which may not be in line with your normal driving habit and may make you feel uncomfortable.
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Autonomous Emergency Braking to enable or disable this feature.
When Autonomous Emergency Braking is disabled, your vehicle will not automatically apply the brakes even if a potential frontal collision is detected. It is not suggested to turn it off.
This feature will be turned on when the vehicle's system restarts.
Precautions and Restrictions
The camera system may fail to recognize obstacles and thus Automous Emergency Braking may fail to operate as intended in some situations, including but not limited to:
The positions of the cameras are changed.
The cameras are obstructed or stained.
Visibility is poor in dim environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel, resulting in impaired recognition.
Sudden changes in brightness, such as when entering or exiting a tunnel
The view of the cameras is interfered by large shadows cast by buildings, landscape features, or large vehicles.
The view of the camera is interfered by direct sunlight or other light sources.
In rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
When exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust is kicked up by vehicles in front of you.
The cameras are obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or snow on the windshield.
The road is wet.
The camera cannot focus or malfunctions.
The LiDAR sensor may fail to recognize obstacles and thus Autonomous Emergency Braking may fail to operate as intended in some situations, including but not limited to:
The position of the LiDAR sensor is changed.
In rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
Exhaust fumes, spray, snow or dust from the vehicle ahead can cause poor detection.
The vehicle is driving on wet or waterlogged roads.
The window of the LiDAR sensor is obstructed by water, dust, paint protection film, wrap film, small scratches, grease, dirt, frost, snow, etc.
The LiDAR sensor overheated due to extended exposure of the vehicle to the sunlight.
Due to the limitations of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may occur for traffic signs and high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed and elevated sections of road
Autonomous Emergency Braking will only respond to road users that satisfy the feature's operational conditions. Some targets are not responded to, including but not limited to:
This feature cannot ensure that all special-shaped vehicles can be identified in all conditions. You need to pay extra attention, especially at night. Special-shaped vehicles may include tricycles, vehicles with a damaged taillight, unclear rear contour, or obstructed rear body, irregular-shaped vehicles, vehicles with a rear body lower than a certain height, or unloaded transporters for carrying vehicles.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the driver needs to pay extra attention.
This feature may be falsely triggered when the vehicle needs to be driven onto special places such as a car hauler or a wrecker.
Vehicle targets may prevent the Autonomous Emergency Braking from operating as expected in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
The Autonomous Emergency Braking will not respond to targets in blind spots of the sensor, such as those in blind spots at the corners, sides and back of the vehicle.
It may wrongly select or miss targets when approaching or crossing a turn in the road.
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the target.
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle (especially when it's a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to recognize it in time.
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize it in time.
When the lead vehicle is positioned at a large angle to this vehicle, it may not be able to be recognized in time.
When only part of the body of the lead vehicle overlaps with this vehicle, that vehicle may not be recognized in time.
Situations such as during the short amount of time after the power-on, when the vehicle is in the Park gear, and when the seat belt is unfastened, etc.
The performance of Autonomous Emergency Braking in reducing the impact of a collision may be affected due to special or complex road conditions, including but not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles.
Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, electric bicycles, or animals.
Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, freeway ramps, and congested roads.
Winding roads and sharp turns.
Uphill and downhill roads.
Bumpy roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.unnel entrances and exits
The braking distance increases on slippery roads. If Anti-Lock Braking System, Traction Control System, and Electronic Stability Program are triggered, the performance of Autonomous Emergency Braking in reducing the impact of a collision may be impaired.
The brake pedal moves downward abruptly during autonomous braking events. Do not place any objects under the brake pedal. Doing so can impede the ability of the brake pedal to move freely.
Autonomous Emergency Braking is not a substitute for maintaining a safe following distance between you and the vehicle in front. Do not stay too close to vehicles in front of you and avoid driving aggressively.
Warning自动紧急制动主要用于减轻正面碰撞的冲击。
Autonomous Emergency Braking is mainly used to reduce the impact of a frontal collision.
Warning 以下情况可能导致自动紧急制动不会制动或者停止制动,包括但不限于:
Autonomous Emergency Braking may not apply the brakes or may stop applying the brakes in some situations, including but not limited to:
The driver fully or suddenly presses the accelerator pedal.
The driver turns the steering wheel sharply.
The driver's seat belt is unbuckled.
The driver's door is not closed.
Autonomous Emergency Braking has been triggered and cannot be triggered again within roughly 30 seconds.
No vehicle is detected in front of the vehicle.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions do not exhaust all the situations that may affect the proper operation of Autonomous Emergency Braking. Autonomous Emergency Braking may be affected by many factors. To avoid safety accidents, be sure to always pay attention to traffic, road and vehicle conditions and drive with caution.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
Lane Departure Warning helps to reduce the risk of lane departure by reminding you with appropriate visual and audio alerts and steering wheel vibration when your vehicle is drifting into an adjacent lane or crossing the lane line.
Warning车道偏离预警可能无法检测到道路边缘,请谨慎驾驶并始终保持行驶在车道内。
Lane Departure Warning may fail to detect the curb. Please always remain cautious when driving and keep your vehicle in the lane.
As a driving assist feature, Lane Departure Warning cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions. Lane Keeping Assist is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute for, your visual observation.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Lane Keeping Assist if it is safe. You should always be ready to take over when you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or vehicle are not suitable for enabling Lane Departure Warning, or there are other unsafe factors. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely in the lane and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling/Disabling Lane Departure Warning
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap
Driver Assist > Lane Departure Warning and Assist to enable or disable the feature.
After enabling Lane Departure Warning, you can choose the warning type and sensitivity:
Warning type:
Sound: Audible warning
Vibration: Steering wheel vibration warning
Sound + Vibration: Audible and steering wheel vibration warnings
Sensitivity:
Low: Lower sensitivity to lane departures
Medium: Normal sensitivity to lane departures
High: Higher sensitivity to lane departures
Operating conditions for Lane Departure Warning:
Pilot Steering Assist is not activated (refer to Pilot for details).
Driving speed of 50-130 km/h.
The vehicle is driving without abrupt acceleration, deceleration, or swerving.
The vehicle is in the center of the lane, not driving on the lane line.
At least one lane line is clear.
The trifocal camera is operating normally with a clear view.
All components of Lane Departure Warning are operating correctly.
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, including:
The driver is seated.
The driver has fastened the seat belt.
All doors are closed.
The vehicle is in DRIVE.
Anti-Lock Braking System, Traction Control System and Electronic Stability Program are not triggered.
The Traction Control System and Electronic Stability Program are not manually disabled.
Caution 当转向灯打开,爱车向相应一侧偏离时,车道偏离预警系统不会提醒或控制。
When the turn signal is on, Lane Keeping Assist does not provide any reminders or take control if your vehicle deviates towards the corresponding side.
Displays on the Digital Instrument Cluster
Lane Departure Warning status icon
Lane lines
Icon not shown: LDW is not enabled
Icon in gray: Lane Departure Warning is enabled but not activated
Icon and lane lines in white: Lane Departure Warning is activated
Icon and one lane line in red: Lane departure risk on the corresponding side
The information displayed on the digital instrument cluster can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the information displayed on the digital instrument cluster.
Precautions and Restrictions
Lane Departure Warning may fail to function as intended or be disabled automatically in some situations, including but not limited to:
The vehicle is navigating sharp curves, such as on expressway ramps.
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The road section has no lane lines, such as non-standard roads, intersections, or construction areas.
The road section has special lane lines, such as deceleration lines or diversion lines.
Lane lines are not clearly divided, such as lane lines merging or diverting, expressway ramps, urban intersections, or left-turn waiting areas.
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on the road instead of lane lines, such as road joints or curbs.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due to bad weather or at night.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane Departure Warning may fail to function as intended or be disabled automatically due to camera recognition failures in some situations, including but not limited to:
The positions of the cameras are changed.
The cameras are obstructed or stained.
The performance of the cameras is reduced at night.
Visibility is poor in dim environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel.
The view of the cameras is interfered by sudden changes in brightness, such as when entering or exiting a tunnel.
The view of the cameras is interfered by large shadows cast by buildings, landscape features, or large vehicles.
The view of the cameras is interfered by direct light.
Visibility is poor due to rain, snow, fog, haze, and other bad weather.
Visibility is poor due to exhaust gas, splashes, snow, or dust kicked up by vehicles in front of you.
The camera is obstructed by water, dust, small scratches, grease, dirt, wipers, frost, or snow on the windshield.
The road is wet.
We do not recommend using Lane Departure Warning in some special or complicated road conditions as it may fail to function as intended or be disabled automatically. Such conditions include but are not limited to:
Water, mud, potholes, snow, ice, speed bumps, or obstacles on the road.
Large numbers of pedestrians, bicycles, or animals on the road.
Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, and congested roads.
Winding roads and sharp turns.
Uphill or downhill roads.
Bumpy roads.
Narrow roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Non-standard roads.
Roads without center medians.
Lane Keeping Assist
Lane Keeping Assist will temporarily assist the driver in bringing the vehicle back into the correct lane while emitting visual, audible, or steering wheel vibration alert when the vehicle unintentionally drifts into an adjacent lane or tends to do so.
Lane Keeping Assist includes:
Warning: When the moving vehicle has a non-autonomous tendency to deviate to the adjacent lane, or is about to cross the lane marking, the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) can provide appropriate visual, auditory and steering wheel vibration alerts.
Warning and Lane Correction: When the moving vehicle has a non-autonomous tendency to deviate to the adjacent lane, or is about to cross the lane marking, the Lane Keeping Assist will apply a slight corrective Steer Assist to the steering wheel to reduce the possibility of the vehicle deviating from the lane. Lane Keeping Assist emits visual and audio alerts when your vehicle deviates too much from the center of the lane.
Lane Keeping Assist has limited steering torque which can only provide a slight steering assist and cannot fully guarantee the prevention of lane departure. Do not rely solely on Lane Keeping Assist to steer. You should always be prepared to take over steering, especially when driving on roads with curves.
Please take over steering immediately when cornering, turning around, or driving on winding roads or roads with sharp curves.
As a driving assist feature, Lane Keeping Assist cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
Lane Keeping Assist is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute for, your visual observation. You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Lane Keeping Assist if it is safe.
You should always be ready to take over when you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or the vehicle are not suitable for enabling Lane Keeping Assist, or there are other unsafe factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely in the lane and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:
Relying solely on Lane Keeping Assist
Using Lane Keeping Assist in bad weather conditions
Using Lane Keeping Assist on non-standardized roads
Hands off the steering wheel
Eyes off the road
Enabling and Disabling the Lane Keeping Assist System
Enter Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Lane Departure Warning and Assist to enable or disable this feature.
When enabled, you can select the assist levels, warning type and sensitivity:
Assist level
Warning: only provides an alert feature.
Warning and Lane Correction: provides an alert and a slight Steer Assist.
Warning types:
When it is set to "Warning", the warning types include visual, audio, and vibration.
When it is set to "Warning & Lane Correction", the warning types cannot be set and the default setting is visual and audio warnings.
Sensitivity:
Low: gives an alert later than normal sensitivity under the same conditions
Medium: normal sensitivity
High: gives an alert earlier than normal sensitivity under the same conditions
Caution 请您务必审慎设置提醒方式与灵敏度,确保该等设置符合您的驾驶习惯。
Please set the warning type and sensitivity with caution to ensure that such settings are in line with your driving habits.
Enabling Lane Departure Warning and Assist on the center display does not mean that the feature is activated immediately. Its functionality will only be automatically activated when the working conditions are met.
When the Lane Departure Warning and Assist feature is disabled, the vehicle will not provide assistance in maintaining the lane, nor will it provide lane departure warning alerts. Emergency Lane Keeping will also be deactivated.
When the Lane Departure Warning and Assist feature is actively controlling the steering, the steering wheel will turn accordingly.
You can take control of the vehicle by manually turning the steering wheel. In this case, the direction of the vehicle will be under your control.
Operating conditions for the Lane Keeping Assist system:
Your vehicle speed is about 50-130 km/h
Your vehicle drives normally without suddenly accelerating, decelerating or steering
Your vehicle is in the center of its lane and does not drive on the lane marking
The lane markings on at least one side are clear
The high-definition camera features normally and provides clear vision
No components of the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system are faulty
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
The driver is seated.
Your vehicle is in gear position D.
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not triggered.
The traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not manually disabled.
Caution当转向灯打开,爱车向相应一侧偏离时,车道保持辅助系统不会提醒或控制。
When the turn signal is active, Lane Keeping Assist does not provide any reminders or take control if your vehicle deviates towards the corresponding side.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display
Status icon of the Lane Keeping Assist system
No icon: Not enabled
Gray icon: Standby status
White lane marking: The lane marking on the corresponding side has been detected
Yellow lane marking: Level 1 lane departure warning
Red lane marking: Level 2 lane departure warning
Lane marking display
The status icon is gray: The Lane Keeping Assist system is enabled, in standby status, and not activated yet
The status icon and the central lane marking are white: The Lane Keeping Assist system is active.
The status icon and one side of the central lane marking is red:
WhenWarning is selected, it indicates that there is a risk of accidental departure from the lane on the corresponding side.
When Warning and Lane Correction is selected, it indicates that the vehicle has deviated from the lane unexpectedly, and the Lane Keeping Assist is no longer able to prevent the vehicle from deviating from the lane through a slight Steer Assist to correct lanes.
The status icon and one side of the central lane marking are yellow: Only occurs when Alert and Lane Correction is selected. It indicates that the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) is providing a certain Steer Assist to correct lanes at the corresponding side to reduce the possibility of the vehicle deviating from the lane.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
Lane Keeping Assist may fail to function as intended or be disabled automatically in some situations, including but not limited to:
The vehicle is navigating sharp curves, such as on expressway ramps.
The lane markings are not clear, worn, missing, interweaving, or shaded by other vehicles or buildings or landscapes
Passing through road sections without lane markings, such as non-standard roads, intersections and construction areas
Passing through road sections with special lane markings, such as speed reduction markings and channelizing-line markings
Passing through areas with unclear lane division, such as areas with merging or dividing lane markings, high-speed ramp crossings, urban intersection zones and left turn waiting zones
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on roads instead of lane markings, such as pavement joints and curbs
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to height change, such as on the uphill and downhill
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to light, such as reflection of lane markings caused by strong light, poor visibility or insufficient light caused by bad weather and or at night
The distance between lane markings on both sides is too wide or too narrow
The following situations may prevent the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system from operating as expected or cause it to automatically exit due to a camera recognition disorder, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Limited recognition at night
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera
Wet roads
It is not recommended to use the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system in special or complex road conditions, as that may prevent the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system from operating as expected or cause it to automatically exit, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changing traffic flows, such as busy intersections, freeway ramps, and congested roads
Winding roads and sharp turns
Uphill and downhill roads
Bumpy roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Non-standard roads
Roads without center medians
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions do not exhaust all the situations that may affect the proper operation of Autonomous Emergency Braking. Automous Emergency Braking may be affected by many factors. To avoid safety accidents, be sure to always pay attention to traffic, road and vehicle conditions and drive with caution.
Emergency Active Stop
When the system detects that you are not in a normal driving state (e.g., your hands have not been on the steering wheel for a long time, you have been distracted and tired of driving for a long time, or you have left your seat, etc.), it will activate the Emergency Active Stop feature if the system meets the conditions for normal operation.
When Emergency Active Stop is active, your car will sound an auditory reminder, provide a voice warning, issue a Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display alert, and turn on the hazard warning lights. The system will alert you to take control of your car by continuously braking and emitting loud ringer and alerts until the car stops. After stopping, the doors will be automatically unlocked and emergency services will be called.
When Emergency Active Stop is active, you can deactivate it and take control of your car at any time by stepping on the accelerator pedal or brake pedal, or turning the steering wheel, or turning off the hazard warning lights.
Once activated, the Emergency Active Stop feature will brake the vehicle until it stops, during which lane departure or collision may occur. Therefore, do not rely solely on or take the initiative to activate this feature.
Please stay focused at all times while driving, as you always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may lead to a camera recognition disorder that affects the performance of Emergency Active Stop (EAS), which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder that affects the performance of Emergency Active Stop (EAS), which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as heavy rain, snow, fog, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder that affects the feature of Emergency Active Stop (EAS), or even deactivates the feature. These situations include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film or other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitations of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may occur for traffic signs and high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed and elevated sections of road
Only the vehicles that meet the conditions will be responded by Emergency Active Stop (EAS). The targets below cannot be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Side-crossing vehicles
Motorcycles, tricycles
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
This feature does not guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets, especially at night or a poor lighting environment where the driver needs to pay extra attention. Such vehicles include vehicles with a covered rear or irregularly-shaped rear, vehicles with a rear below a certain height, and unladen carriers.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the driver needs to pay extra attention.
The following situations may cause late recognition and response of Emergency Active Stop (EAS) because the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
Emergency Active Stop will not respond to targets in the sensor blind zone. For example, it cannot detect the blind spots at the corners of the vehicle and the blind spots on the sides of the vehicle.
When approaching or turning along the road, some targets may be mis-selected or missed, resulting in the unexpected acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle.
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the lead vehicle. When going downhill, it may accelerate the vehicle, causing it to exceed the cruising speed.
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle (especially when it’s a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to recognize and respond to the target.
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize the target in a responsive manner.
Emergency Active Stop does not guarantee reliable target recognition in all circumstances, as its operation may be affected by special or complicated road conditions, including but not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Non-standard roads
Roads without a median
It may not be able to provide sufficient lateral grip in the following situations, including but not limited to:
The brake feature cannot fully work (such as when brake parts are too cold, too hot, wet, etc.)
Improper vehicle maintenance (excessive wear of the brake or tires, abnormal tire pressure, etc.)
The vehicle is driving on special roads (such as uphill and downhill, water, mud, potholes, ice and snow roads, etc.)
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that may affect the normal operation of the Emergency Active Stop system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Emergency Active Stop system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Emergency Lane Keeping
Emergency Lane Keeping can provide a certain steer assist capability to help the driver correct the vehicle position urgently to prevent the risk of collision as much as possible when the vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily or when there is a potential side collision risk in its adjacent lane.
When the vehicle speed is about 50-130 km/h, Emergency Lane Keeping may be triggered in the following four emergency scenarios:
Without having the turn light on, your vehicle deviates involuntarily from its lane to the right curb
Without having the turn light on, when the lane marking is a solid line, your vehicle deviates involuntarily from its lane to the side where the solid line is
Without having the turn light on, when there is an oncoming vehicle in your left lane, your vehicle deviates involuntarily from its lane to the left
When there is a vehicle approaching rapidly from behind in your left lane, your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily or actively changes lane to the left
Enabling/Disabling Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK)
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) to turn this feature on or off.
It is not recommended to turn off this feature. When this feature is turned off, it will not be able to assist the driver by taking emergency control of the steering when there is a potential risk of a side collision.
Emergency Lane Keeping has limited steering torque which can only provide certain steering assist and cannot fully guarantee the prevention of lane departure or avoidance of danger. Therefore, please take over steering in time instead of relying solely on Emergency Lane Keeping.
Please control the vehicle direction immediately when cornering, turning around, or driving on winding roads or roads with sharp curves.
As a driver assist feature, Emergency Lane Keeping cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions. Never rely solely on Emergency Lane Keeping to avoid danger. For safety reasons, never test this feature by deliberately or actively triggering Emergency Lane Keeping. If you come across a dangerous situation, never wait Emergency Lane Keeping to intervene before taking action. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely in the lane and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Warning 驾驶时不可以有以下行为:完全依靠ELK
The following behaviors are prohibited when driving:
Relying solely on Emergency Lane Keeping
Hands off the steering wheel
Eyes off the road
Operating Conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping:
Your vehicle speed is about 50-130 km/h.
Your vehicle drives normally without sudden acceleration, deceleration or steering.
Your vehicle is in the center of its lane and does not drive on the lane marking.
The high-definition camera features normally and provides clear vision.
No components of the Lane Keeping Assist system are faulty.
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
The driver is seated.
Your vehicle is in gear position D.
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not triggered.
Emergency Lane Keeping is automatically activated when the conditions are met in an emergency.
Emergency Lane Keeping can only provide limited steering assist and cannot control the vehicle’s speed.
Emergency Lane Keeping is unable to constantly control the steering. Therefore, it cannot always keep the vehicle centered in the lane.
When Emergency Lane Keeping controls your steering, the steering wheel will turn accordingly.
You can take over steering by turning the steering wheel manually.
Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) in Case of Deviation to Right Curb
When the operating conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) are met, ELK can provide a certain degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily to the right curb without having the turn light on. At this time, the right side of the central lane marking will be displayed in yellow.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the vehicle may deviate to the right in some situations, including but not limited to:
Curbs are not clear or cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective curbs, and poor visibility or insufficient light due to bad weather or at night;
There are roadside obstacles that Emergency Lane Keeping cannot identify, such as fences, guard rails, traffic cones and cone rods;
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road, road with water or snow and ice, etc.
Emergency Lane Keeping in Case of Deviation to Solid Lane Marking
When the operating conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping are met, ELK can provide a certain degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily to the solid lane marking without having the turn light on. At this time, the corresponding side of the central lane marking will be displayed in red.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the vehicle may deviate to the solid lane line in some situations, including but not limited to:
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane lines are special ones.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due to bad weather or at night.
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road, road with water or snow and ice, etc.
Emergency Lane Keeping with Risk of Left Front Collision
When the operating conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping are met, ELK can provide a certain degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily to the left without having the turn light on when there is an oncoming vehicle in your left lane and the lane marking is clear. At this time, the left side of the central lane marking will be displayed in red.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the vehicle may collide with the lead vehicle on the left in some situations, including but not limited to:
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane lines are special ones.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due to bad weather or at night.
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road, road with water or snow and ice, etc.
The oncoming vehicle is not a vehicle, such as a motorcycle.
Emergency Lane Keeping with Risk of Left Rear Collision
When the operating conditions of Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) are met, ELK can provide a certain degree of steer assist if your vehicle deviates from its lane involuntarily or actively changes lane to the left when there is a vehicle approaching rapidly from behind in your left lane and the lane marking is clear. At this time, the left side of the central lane marking will be displayed in red.
Emergency Lane Keeping may fail to operate as intended or cancel automatically and the vehicle may collide with the vehicle approaching from behind on the left in some situations, including but not limited to:
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Lane lines are special ones.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due to bad weather or at night.
The vehicle is steering around a sharp bend, or driving on a sloped road, bumpy road, road with water or snow and ice, etc.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may cause Emergency Lane Keeping to fail to operate as expected or exit automatically due to a camera recognition disorder. Please steer your vehicle in a timely manner. These situations include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera.
Blocked or dirty camera.
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may cause the Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) to fail to operate as expected or exit automatically due to a radar recognition disorder. Please steer your vehicle in a timely manner. These situations include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder, affect the feature of Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK), and even cause the feature to deactivate. These situations include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film or other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
Special or complex road conditions may cause the Lane Keeping Assist system to fail to operate as expected or exit automatically. Please steer your vehicle in a timely manner. These situations include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles.
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals.
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads.
Uphill and downhill roads.
Rough roads.
Narrow roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Construction areas.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the situations that may affect the normal operation of the Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Emergency Lane Keeping (ELK) system. In order to avoid accidents, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Alert
The Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Alert will remind you to pay attention to lane change safety through visual, auditory and tactile alarms when there are other vehicles in the blind spot of your vehicle or other vehicles approaching quickly in the blind spot.
The Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Alert will only be activated when the speed of your vehicle exceeds about 15 km/h.
Caution盲点监控与变道预警的监测区域为爱车旁边车道,及其向后约70米的范围。
This feature is able to detect the lanes next to the vehicle and more than 70 meters from the rear.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Alert to enable or disable this feature and select an appropriate means of reminding you.
When the feature is enabled and activated, the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) will remind you that there is a vehicle approaching from behind as shown in the figure.
When a vehicle in the driver's blind spot and a vehicle approaching rapidly from behind are detected, a marker saying that there is a vehicle on the side will be displayed on the rearview mirror. If you turn on the turn light on the corresponding side in this case, it will remind you not to change lanes with the following warnings:
Marker light on the rearview mirror.
Sound + Marker light on the rearview mirror flashes.
Steering wheel vibrates + Marker light on the rearview mirror flashes.
Sound + Steering wheel vibrates + Marker light on the rearview mirror flashes.
The chime may not be heard if the environmental noise is too loud, such as when the audio system is played at high volumes or the surrounding environment is too noisy.
In a bright environment such as daytime, the warning of the red ambient lighting may not be easily noticeable.
Caution 在倒车时,盲点监控与变道预警不会工作。
Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Assist do not work when the vehicle is in REVERSE.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
When you drive on a road with sharp curves, wide lanes or an uneven surface, Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Assist may not be able to warn you about vehicles in adjacent lanes.
Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Assist may give false warnings in the following situations:
Driving near protective fences
Driving on/under a bridge, or through a tunnel
Driving besides bushes, trees, etc.
When there are wire poles, street lights or low concrete walls along the road
Driving near construction areas such as factory buildings, ports, etc.
Driving on urban roads or multi-lane intersections
Radars are mounted on or behind the bumper. Keep the bumper clean and free of mud, ice, metal plates, stickers, labels, and leaves. Failure to do so may impact the performance of the radars.
If this feature does not function properly due to a collision, scratches, radar failure, or malfunction, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
If the radar malfunctions for a long period of time and fails to receive any fault-related alerts, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
This feature only detects and alerts you to vehicles and large motorcycles or objects, and may have a delay or omission, or even fail to detect or alert you to objects such as pedestrians, bicycles, or skateboards.
This feature does not alert you to stationary objects. False warnings may be generated by certain metal fences, median strips, or concrete walls.
Heavy rain, snow, fog, and other extreme weather conditions may impair radar performance. Please drive with caution, and pay attention to your surroundings.
Never use this feature in the Trailer Mode.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic safety laws and regulations.
Warning盲点监控与变道预警不能取代安全驾驶及车内后视镜和车外后视镜的使用。
Even with Blind Spot Detection, you should still drive with caution and use the rearview mirror and the side mirrors properly.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the situations that may affect the normal operation of the Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Alert system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Alert systems. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Door Open Warning
When you open the door of your vehicle, if vehicles, cyclists or pedestrians approaching from behind may affect the safety of opening the door or even cause a collisionthe.
Enter the Settings interface at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Door Open Warning (DOW) to enable or disable this feature.
When the Door Open Warning feature is enabled, your vehicle will remind you in the following ways. At this time, you or your passengers should avoid opening the door and confirm whether it is safe to open the door first:
The ambient lighting turns red.
Icon on the side mirror.
Warning alarm.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display displays "Watch out for vehicles approaching from behind".
Note 侧方开门预警可监测本车侧后方快速接近的目标。
Door Open Warning monitors for targets approaching fast from behind.
Caution爱车处于前进挡(D 挡)或驻车挡(P 挡),该功能才可启用。
This feature is only available when the vehicle is in DRIVE (D) or PARK (P).
The chime may not be heard if the environmental noise is too loud, such as when the audio system is played at high volumes or the surrounding environment is too noisy.
In a bright environment such as daytime, the warning of the red ambient lighting may not be easily noticeable.
Door Open Warning cannot accurately alert you in all situations and cannot replace active observation by you and passengers, as well as the function of the rearview mirror and side mirrors. Please do not rely excessively on this feature and always be aware of the environment outside the vehicle when opening doors.
Radars are mounted on or behind the bumper. Keep the bumper clean and free of mud, ice, metal plates, stickers, labels, and leaves. Failure to do so may impact the performance of the radars.
If this feature does not function properly due to a collision, scratches, radar failure, or malfunction, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
If the radar malfunctions for a long period of time and fails to receive any fault-related alerts, please contact NIO as soon as possible.
This feature only detects and alerts you to vehicles and large motorcycles or objects, and may have a delay or omission, or even fail to detect or alert you to objects such as pedestrians, bicycles, or skateboards.
This feature does not alert you to stationary objects. False warnings may be generated by certain metal fences, median strips, or concrete walls.
Heavy rain, snow, fog, and other extreme weather conditions may impair radar performance. Please drive with caution, and pay attention to your surroundings.
Never use this feature in the Trailer Mode.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic safety laws and regulations.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings and precautions have not fully described all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Door Open Warning system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Door Open Warning system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Front Cross Traffic Alert
When driving at low speeds, if the system detects a potential collision risk with the front crossing vehicle, the Front Cross Traffic Alert feature can warn the driver to be careful through visual and auditory alerts.
Cross Traffic Alert is only a supplement to, and not a substitute for, your visual observation.
As a driver assist feature, Cross Traffic Alert cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Cross Traffic Alert or not after your safety is ensured.
It is always your responsibility to ensure that the vehicle is driven in a safe manner and complies with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling/Disabling Front Cross Traffic Alert
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Front Cross Traffic Alert to enable or disable this feature.
When the operating conditions are satisfied, if a potential collision risk with the front crossing vehicle is detected, it will remind you through visual and auditory alerts on the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display, 360 Surround View interface and Parking Assist interface.
Operating conditions for the Front Cross Traffic Alert:
The vehicle speed is lower than 15 km/h and higher than 0 km/h.
The speed of the front crossing vehicle is within a certain range of the normal vehicle speed.
The front lateral radar operates normally and has a clear field of view.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The targets below cannot be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Motorcycles
Electric bikes
Tricycles
Pedestrians
Animals
Bicycles
Other non-vehicle objects
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Oncoming vehicles/vehicles driving in the same direction
Stationary objects
The Front Cross Traffic Alert does not respond to targets in blind spots of the sensor. The Front Cross Traffic Alert cannot detect lateral vehicles in front of this vehicle through obstacles or parked vehicles.
For example, the Front Cross Traffic Alert cannot detect the front crossing vehicles in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
Parked in the innermost position
The parking space is at an angle
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder and affect the performance of the Front Cross Traffic Alert (FCTA), which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Front Cross Traffic Alert system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Front Cross Traffic Alert system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking
When reversing, if the system detects a potential collision risk with the rear crossing vehicle, the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking feature can warn the driver to pay attention to safety through visual and auditory alerts and even enhance the warning effect to the driver by braking briefly if necessary.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert only provides a warning and cannot guarantee to stop your vehicle. Never depend on it to avoid a collision or reduce the impact of a collision.
Enabling/Disabling Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Rear Cross Traffic Alert to enable or disable this feature.
When it is enabled, you can select the assist level in the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking Settings:
Warning: When the vehicle speed is lower than about 15km/h and the operating conditions are satisfied, if a potential collision risk with rear crossing vehicles from behind is detected, it will remind the vehicle in the rear through visual and auditory alerts on the digital instrument cluster, 360 Surround View interface and Parking Assist interface.
Warning and Braking: When the vehicle speed is about 1-15km/h and the operating conditions are satisfied, besides visual and auditory alerts, the system will warn you by a brief instance of active braking if necessary, but cannot ensure that the vehicle will come to a complete stop.
Operating conditions for the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking:
The speed of the rear crossing vehicle is between about 5 and 60 km/h
The rear lateral radar operates normally and has a clear field of view
The driver is seated
All doors are closed
Your vehicle is in gear position R
Caution当您选择提醒及主动制动时,若深踩制动踏板或加速踏板,主动制动功能可能不会介入。
When you select Warning & Braking, if you fully press the brake pedal or accelerator pedal, the function may not intervene.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The targets below cannot be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Motorcycles
Electric bikes
Tricycles
Pedestrians
Animals
Bicycles
Other non-vehicle objects
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Oncoming vehicles/vehicles driving in the same direction
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking does not respond to targets in blind spots of the sensor. The Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking cannot detect vehicles behind this vehicle through obstacles or parked vehicles.
For example, the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking cannot detect rear crossing vehicles in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
Parked in the innermost position
The parking space is at an angle
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder and affect the performance of the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B), which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully described all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Rear Cross Traffic Alert with Braking (RCTA-B) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Advanced Driver Monitoring System
The Advanced Driver Monitoring System can monitor the driver's driving status.
When it is enabled and conditions for activating the feature are satisfied, once the driver is detected to be tired or distracted, NOMI will provide different levels of warnings through expressions and sounds. The digital instrument cluster will also remind the driver to focus on driving and protect the driver's safety.
Advanced Driver Monitoring System cannot operate under all conditions and is only designed to assist driving. The driver should always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely.
Therefore, it is of great importance that you pay attention when driving and take regular breaks. When a driver is alerted or feels fatigued, they should adjust their behavior or pull over safely as soon as possible to take a break.
When the Advanced Driver Monitoring System is disabled, related features for advanced driver assistance systems such as Lane Centering Control and Adaptive Cruise Control will be unable to be used or will be exited.
After the driver adjusts the steering wheel, the feature requires a brief recalibration, during which the feature fault light for the Advanced Driver Monitoring System will appear.
Enabling/Disabling the Driver Drowsiness and Distraction Warning System
The Advanced Driver Monitoring System monitors the driver's drowsiness and attention state.
Driver Drowsiness Warning
Driver Distraction Warning
Enter Settings interface from the control bar of the center display and tap Driving Assistance > Drowsiness Warning or Driving Assistance >Distraction Warning to enable or disable this feature.
After this feature is enabled, when the vehicle speed is 20 km/h or above, the system will keep monitoring the status and provide sound or voice warnings.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display
Level 1 Alarm (take the driver distraction warning feature for example).
Level 2 Alarm (take the driver distraction warning feature for example).
If the driver still does not take control of the vehicle after a Level 2 alarm, the Emergency Active Stop will be activated when the normal working conditions of the system are met.
When the following are displayed due to a system fault or malicious occlusion of the camera, it indicates that the feature is limited. Please promptly contact the NIO Service Center.
Malicious occlusion
System fault
Caution 摄像头不会记录或共享图像、音频或视频。
The camera will not record or share any images, audio or videos.
Precautions and Restrictions
In some cases, the detection of driver drowsy driving and distracted driving behaviors may be affected or fail, resulting in the system not providing corresponding warnings, being partially unavailable or providing false alarms, such as:
At night and in low light.
Sunlight, opposite headlights and other direct light interference.
Adjust the seat.
Under the condition of eye occlusion, which includes but is not limited to various types of dark glasses with low transmittance, polarizers, sunglasses, and eyeglass frame occlusion, etc.
Wearing accessories such as hats, scarves and bandanas that may alter the shape of the head.
Wearing a mask.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Advanced Driver Monitoring System. There are many factors that may interfere with the Advanced Driver Monitoring System. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Auto High Beams
Your vehicle will turn off the high beam headlights in a timely manner when it meets and passes other vehicles, the driving distance between the vehicle behind and ahead in the same direction is close or the vehicle enters a road section with good lighting conditions by detecting headlights, taillights of the vehicle ahead, street lights and other information through the front camera, so as not to dazzle the other vehicles or pedestrians. Turn on the high beam headlights in time when coming upon and entering an area with poor lighting or low visibility to ensure that the road ahead is illuminated.
Turn on the high beam headlights: the outside environment is dark and there are no other traffic participants ahead
Turn off the high beam headlights: the outside environment is bright and there are other traffic participants ahead
You can see the following information through the digital instrument cluster:
When Auto High Beams are activated, pull the lever towards you to turn on high beams immediately. Releasing the lever will switch the headlights back to low beams and return Auto High Beams to standby status.
Warning远近光自动控制是驾驶员辅助功能,无法在所有驾驶情况或交通、天气与路况下都起作用。
As a driving assist feature, Auto High Beams cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
Please use the high and low beams in compliance with applicable traffic safety laws and regulations. Do not turn on Auto High Beams unless it will not cause any violation of applicable laws and regulations.
The driver should always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely in compliance with applicable traffic safety laws and regulations.
Enable/Disable the Auto High Beams
Enter the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Light > Headlights. Select to turn on the Automatic Headlights.
Go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Light > Auto High Beams to enable or disable this function.
When the Auto High Beams (AHB) are enabled:
Push the light control lever forward to activate the Auto High Beams (AHB) function.
Push the light control lever forward or pull it backward again to enter the standby status of the function.
When the Auto High Beams are disabled:
Push the light control lever forward to turn on the high beam headlights.
Push the light control lever forward or pull it backward again to turn off the high beam headlights.
Automatic control may not be performed under, but also not be limited to, the following situations:
Turn on the turn light.
Turn the steering wheel hard.
Pass a sharp turn.
The wiper is set to its maximum speed.
The fog lights are on.
Only targets that satisfy the conditions will be responded to by the Auto High Beams (AHB). The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians.
Cyclists (including but not limited to bicycles, motorcycles, electric bikes, tricycles, etc.).
This feature may be impaired in heavy rain, snow, fog and other extreme weather conditions, or when the camera is blocked. Please drive with caution.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings do not cover all conditions that may affect the proper operation of the Auto High Beams (AHB) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Auto High Beams system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Active Lane Change
The Active Lane Change adds a lane change assistance feature on the basis of realizing Lane Centering Control. After enabling this feature in Settings, the system will assist the vehicle to complete the lane change by toggling the turn light lever when the environment and road conditions meet certain requirements.
The Active Lane Change is applicable to high speed roads. The current and target lanes must be well lit, have clear lane markings and space to change lanes.
As a driving assist feature, Active Lane Change cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather, and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions and make your own decision on whether to use Active Lane Change if it is safe. You should always be ready to take over when you find that the conditions of the traffic, road, or the vehicle are not suitable for Active Lane Change, or there are other unsafe factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for changing lanes safely and complying with current traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling and Disabling Active Lane Change
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Active Lane Change to enable or disable this feature.
Operating conditions for the Active Lane Change:
The driver's hands on the steering wheel.
The Lane Centering Control is enabled and operating normally.
The Active Lane Change is enabled and operating normally.
The sensor features properly and the field of view is clear.
The vehicle speed is about 60-180 km/h.
The current and target lanes meet all the safety conditions to change lanes. For example:
The lane marking on the side of the lane change is a dotted line.
The curvatures of the current and target lanes are small.
The vehicle maintains a safe distance to the vehicles in front of and behind it in the current and target lanes.
There is no Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Alert and other alarms in the target lane.
The lane markings on both sides of the target lane are clear.
None of the components for the Active Lane Change (ALC) are faulty and the vehicle meets all safety conditions. For example:
No malfunction with the turn light
The driver is seated
The driver has fastened the seat belt
All doors are closed
Your vehicle is in gear position D
The driver does not step on the brake pedal
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not triggered
Enabling the Active Lane Change feature in Settings does not mean that the feature has been activated.
After meeting the operating conditions, you must perform a visual check to confirm the safety of the lane change environment, and then toggle the turn light lever on the corresponding side. The system will detect if your hands are on the steering wheel.
The system will activate the Active Lane Change (ALC) feature to assist the lane change if it detects that the conditions to change lanes have been met. At this time, the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) will display the light band on the corresponding side turning blue and disappearing after a successful lane change. After the lane change is completed, please confirm that the turn light lever has been toggled back.
The system will not perform the lane change if it detects that the conditions to change lanes has not been met and the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) will display the light band on the corresponding side turning red.
Before or during a lane change, toggle the turn light lever in the opposite direction of the lane change to cancel the lane change. When the following situations occur, the lane change will be interrupted, and you will be reminded through the digital instrument cluster and sound alerts of the need to take control of your vehicle:
The Active Lane Change (ALC) detects an unsafe lane change environment, such as when the activation alarms for Blind Spot Detection and Lane Change Alert go off.
Steer Assist is exited for reasons such as taking over the steering wheel control, unclear lane markings, and passing through excessively curved bends.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) and Steer Assist are exited at the same time for reasons such as pressing the button and depressing the brake pedal.
Caution ALC 每次只能变换一个车道。
Active Lane Change can only change one lane at a time.
Caution 夜晚若光线、视野不佳,车道线不清晰,可能无法完成辅助变道。
Assisted lane changes may fail if the light and visibility are poor at night, or when lane lines are not clear.
Active Lane Change may suddenly be canceled due to unexpected circumstances. Please always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and be prepared to take over at any time.
You must always confirm if it is safe and appropriate before and when changing lanes. Please note that Active Lane Change cannot respond to pedestrians, obstacles, oncoming vehicles, etc. Never rely solely on Active Lane Change to choose a driving path. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for changing lanes safely.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display
Active Lane Change is making a lane change.
Active Lane Change suspends or cannot make a lane change.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may prevent the Active Lane Change (ALC) from completing the lane change or operating as expected, requiring the driver to take control of the steering wheel at any time, which include but are not limited to:
Passing through bends with excessive curvature, such as high-speed ramps
The lane markings of the current lane and target lane are not clear, worn, missing, crossed, or shaded by other vehicles or buildings or landscapes
Passing through road sections without lane markings, such as non-standard roads, intersections and construction areas
Passing through areas with unclear lane division, such as areas with merging or dividing lane markings, high-speed ramp crossings, urban intersection zones and left turn waiting zones
Passing through road sections with special lane markings, such as speed reduction markings and channelizing-line markings
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on roads instead of lane markings, such as pavement joints and curbs
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to height change, such as on the uphill and downhill
Lane markings cannot be recognized or are not recognized correctly due to light, such as reflection of lane markings caused by strong light, poor visibility or insufficient light caused by bad weather and or at night
The distance between the lane markings on both sides of the current lane or the target lane is too wide or too narrow
The following situations may lead to a camera recognition disorder, thus making it impossible to complete the lane change assistance, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Limited recognition at night
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder, thus making it impossible to complete the lane change assistance, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder, affect the feature of lane change assistance, and even cause the feature to deactivate, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film or other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
The Active Lane Change may leak or misdetect obstacles in the target and current lanes. You must always confirm whether it is safe and appropriate to change lanes before and during the lane change. The targets below cannot be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Side-crossing vehicles
Motorcycles, tricycles
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Active Lane Change cannot guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets. Please pay extra attention, especially at night, to targets. Such vehicles include vehicles with a covered rear or irregular shape, vehicles with a rear below a certain height, and unladen carriers.
Active Lane Change may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the driver needs to pay extra attention.
It is not recommended to use Active Lane Change in special or complex road conditions, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles.
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals.
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, congested roads.
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads.
Uphill and downhill roads.
Rough roads.
Narrow roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Non-standard roads.
Roads without a median.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that may affect the normal operation of the Active Lane Change system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Active Lane Change system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Lane Centering Control
Lane Centering Control provides Steering Assist that keeps your vehicle in the current lane alongside speed control and distance maintenance by Adaptive Cruise Control. Lane Centering Control detects vehicles in front of you with the HD cameras, millimeter-wave radars and LiDAR sensor, and automatically controls your speed to maintain a safe distance. Lane Centering Control also identifies lane lines with the HD cameras and can provide steering assist to keep the vehicle in the current lane when there are clear lane lines on both sides.
Lane Centering Control , as a driving assist feature, is unable to achieve auto driving capabilities, so the driver shall keep both hands on the steering wheel and stay focused, ready to take over the vehicle at any time.
Lane Centering Control is mainly for use on closed roads with clear lane markings and restricted access, such as expressways, elevated main roads or congested road sections.
Lane Centering Control will strive to keep the vehicle in the lane when there are clear lane lines on both sides. Special road conditions and poor lighting on rainy days or at nighttime may result in impaired lane recognition, failure to keep the vehicle in the lane, or scratching. In this case, it is suggested that you temporarily turn off Lane Centering Control and switch to Adaptive Cruise Control.
As a driving assist feature, Lane Centering Control cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Lane Centering Control or not after your safety is ensured.
You should always be ready to take over when you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or the vehicle are not suitable for enabling Lane Centering Control, or there are other unsafe factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for maintaining an appropriate distance and speed and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
As a feature for driving comfort, and not for preventing collision, Lane Centering Control has a limited maximum deceleration that is less than the maximum deceleration required by Automatic Emergency Brake and manual driving scenarios. Therefore, never rely solely on Lane Centering Control to decelerate the vehicle when avoiding a collision.
Lane Centering Control may fail to stop your vehicle or maintain a safe distance from the lead vehicle when the relative speed between your vehicle and the lead vehicle is great. In this case, exit Lane Centering Control immediately. Do not rely on Lane Centering Control to bring your vehicle to a complete stop regardless of whether it is following a stationary vehicle or a lead vehicle.
WarningLane Centering Control has a limited steering torque that is less than the maximum steering force required in normal driving scenarios. Therefore, do not rely solely on Lane Centering Control to steer your vehicle. You should always be prepared to take over the steering, especially when navigating curves.
Lane Centering Control has a limited steering torque that is less than the maximum steering force required in normal driving scenarios. Therefore, do not rely solely on Lane Centering Control to steer your vehicle. You should always be prepared to take over the steering, especially when navigating curves.
Please take over the steering immediately when cornering, turning around, and driving on winding roads or roads with sharp curves. Do not rely on Lane Centering Control in these situations due to limited visibility of lanes.
Enabling/Disabling Lane Centering Control
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Driver Assistance and choose Lane Centering Control to turn this feature on or off.
Turning on Lane Centering Control in the Settings does not mean that LCC is activated.
Middle button: activate or deactivate Lane Centering Control
Up button: increase or resume the cruising speed
Down button: decrease the cruising speed
Left button: decrease the following distance
Right button: increase the following distance
When the operating conditions are met, press the Middle button to activate Lane Centering Control.
If the lane markings on both sides are clear and the vehicle is in the center of the current lane, activating Steer Assist will activate Adaptive Cruise Control as well.
If the lane markings on both sides are unclear or the vehicle is not in the center of the current lane, it will first activate Adaptive Cruise Control and start searching for lane markings, and then activate Steer Assist when the conditions are met.
Lane Centering Control is enabled at a vehicle speed of 0-180 km/h.
If the vehicle speed is lower than 30 km/h, 30 km/h will be set as the cruising speed
If the vehicle speed is higher than 30 km/h but not higher than 180 km/h, the current vehicle speed will be set as the cruising speed
When Lane Centering Control activates Adaptive Cruise Control and starts searching for lane markings, you can release the accelerator pedal, and the system will maintain the set cruising speed.
If there is a lead vehicle, Lane Centering Control will adjust the speed of your vehicle according to the speed and distance of the lead vehicle, and the maximum speed will not exceed the cruising speed
When there is no vehicle ahead, Lane Centering Control will quickly adjust the speed of your vehicle to the cruising speed
When Lane Centering Control activates Steer Assist, it will actively assist with steering control, however, please keep your hands lightly on the steering wheel. The pressure of your hands may have a slight effect on the steer assist control, please pay close attention to the driving situation, and be ready to take control of the steering wheel at any time to control the direction of the vehicle.
The steering wheel turns when Lane Centering Control is controlling the steering. When Lane Centering Control (LCC) is actively accelerating, the accelerator pedal does not move; when it’s decelerating, the brake pedal may move.
Working Condition for Lane Centering Control (LCC):
The speed does not exceed 180 km/h
High-definition cameras, radar and LiDAR functioning properly with a clear view
No components of Lane Centering Control are faulty
The feature cannot be activated when the steering angle of the steering wheel is too large
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
The driver's hands on the steering wheel.
The driver is seated.
The driver has fastened the seat belt.
All doors are closed.
Your vehicle is in gear position D.
The driver does not step on the brake pedal.
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not triggered.
Adjusting the speed under Lane Centering Control
When Lane Centering Control (LCC) is active, go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Driver Assistance > Adjust Speed by Steering Wheel Button, and select the appropriate way to adjust the cruising speed.
The cruising speed can be adjusted by:
Press +1, press and hold +5
Press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruise speed by 1 km/h
Press+hold the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruise speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82 km/h, press and hold the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be increased to 85 km/h
Press and hold +1, press +5
Press and hold the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruise speed by 1 km/h
Press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruise speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82 km/h, press the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be increased to 85 km/h
The maximum set speed for Lane Centering Control (LCC) is 180 km/h,.
The minimum set speed for Lane Centering Control (LCC) is 30 km/h, but it allows the vehicle to decelerate to 0 km/h when following the vehicle ahead.
Caution首次开启该功能默认为长按+1 短按+5。 巡航车速调节无法通过NOMI 语音调整。
To activate it for the first time, shortly press for 1 km/h, or long press for 5km/h.
When driving with this feature on, if the system detects that you are not in a normal driving state (e.g., you are not holding the steering wheel for an extended period of time, you are distracted and fatigued for an extended period of time, or you are out of your seat), it will activate Emergency Active Stop when the normal operating conditions for the system are met.
Adjusting the Time-Distance to the Lead Vehicle
When Lane Centering Control is activated or awaiting activation, the following time-distance can be set to one of five levels.
Press the left Right button on the steering wheel to increase the following time-distance by one level.
Press the left Left button on the steering wheel to decrease the following time-distance by one level.
Takeover and Resumption
When driving with Lane Centering Control, you can take over the vehicle by firmly pressing the accelerator pedal or turning the steering wheel. When you take over by firmly pressing the accelerator pedal, Lane Centering Control will no longer respond to the movements of the target lead vehicle.
When you stop firmly pressing the accelerator pedal, Lane Centering Control will immediately resume Adaptive Cruise Control.
When you take over by turning the steering wheel, Steering Assist will temporarily switch to standby, but Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and search for lane lines. In this case, steering is under your control.
When you stop turning the steering wheel, if the lane lines on both sides are clear and your vehicle is in the center of the current lane, Steering Assist will automatically resume.
If Lane Centering Control is deactivated by pressing or the brake pedal, it can be reactivated by pressing the left Up button on the steering wheel, and this will resume the previously set cruise speed.
After following the lead vehicle to a stop, Lane Centering Control can be reactivated by pressing the left Up button on the steering wheel or the accelerator pedal and this will resume the previously set cruise speed.<
When Lane Centering Control is reactivated, Adaptive Cruise Control will engage first and start searching for lane lines. If the lane lines on both sides are clear and your vehicle is in the center of the current lane, Steering Assist will engage.
Caution在车道居中辅助的转向辅助功能正常工作时,
When the Steer Assist feature of Lane Centering Control (LCC) is working properly,
if the Active Lane Change (ALC) feature is activated in the Settings, when you toggle the turn light lever, an automatic lane change will be performed with the conditions met. Please refer to "Active Lane Change (ALC)" for details.
If the Active Lane Change (ALC) feature is not activated in the Settings, when you toggle the turn light lever, the Steer Assist feature of Lane Centering Control (LCC) will be temporarily exited to enter standby state, and you need to take over the steering wheel to control your vehicle direction in a timely manner. At this time, the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) feature is retained and the lane marking is continuously being searched. The Steer Assist feature will be automatically restored once the conditions are met.
CautionWhen Steering Assist functions properly and Active Lane Change (ALC) is not enabled in Settings, please take over the steering and exit Steering Assist if you need to change lanes.
When Steering Assist functions properly and Active Lane Change (ALC) is not enabled in Settings, please take over the steering and exit Steering Assist if you need to change lanes.
WarningSteering Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations or disengage to standby while providing sound and text alerts to remind you to take over steering. During this time, Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and continue searching for lane lines. When the required conditions are met, Steering Assist will resume automatically. including but not limited to:
Steering Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations or disengage to standby while providing sound and text alerts to remind you to take over steering. During this time, Adaptive Cruise Control will remain on and continue searching for lane lines. When the required conditions are met, Steering Assist will resume automatically. including but not limited to:
The vehicle is navigating sharp curves, such as on expressway ramps.
Lane lines are unclear, worn, missing, overlapping, or obscured by shadows cast by other vehicles, buildings, or landscape features.
The road section has no lane lines, such as non-standard roads, intersections, or construction areas.
The road section has special lane lines, such as deceleration lines or diversion lines.
Lane lines are not clearly divided, such as lane lines merging or diverting, expressway ramps, urban intersections, left-turn waiting areas, etc.
There are edges or other high-contrast lines on the road instead of lane lines, such as road joints or curbs.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to changes in height, such as on sloped roads.
Lane lines cannot be or are incorrectly identified due to lighting conditions, such as strong light which leads to reflective lane lines, and poor visibility or insufficient light due to bad weather or at night.
The lanes are too wide or too narrow.
Disabling Lane Centering Control (LCC)
Lane Centering Control (LCC) will be deactivated, and will no longer be in active control of speed and direction, and alert you audibly when:
The steering wheel button is pressed
The brake pedal is depressed
In addition, when the working conditions are no longer met, Lane Centering Control (LCC) will be automatically deactivated, and you should take control of the brake pedal, accelerator pedal and steering wheel immediately after that to control the speed and direction of the vehicle.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD)
An intelligent driving status indicator light has been added next to the real-time vehicle speed on the left side of the digital instrument cluster. The intelligent driving status indicator light can be used to understand the features of intelligent driving that can be activated now and that is running now, as well as the cruise speed status of intelligent driving.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Caution 当两侧车道线都不清晰,但近距离正前方有符合条件的车辆时,爱车可在短时间内跟车行驶。
When neither lane line is clear, but there is a vehicle in front that meets requirements, your vehicle can follow the lead vehicle for a short time.
When lane lines are unclear on both sides and your vehicle is following the lead vehicle, you may collide with other vehicles in adjacent lanes if the lead vehicle changes lanes at a slow speed. Therefore, you need to be prepared to take over at any time to ensure your safety.
Keep your hands on the steering wheel and eyes on the road ahead when driving with Lane Centering Control (LCC) active.
When the system detects that your hands have been off the steering wheel and your eyes have been off the road ahead for a period of time, Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display will display “Please keep your hands on the steering wheel” or “Please concentrate on driving”, and alert you audibly.
When the system detects that your hands have been still off the steering wheel and your eyes have been still off the road ahead after a period of time, Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display will display “Pilot is about to be deactivated, please put your hands on the steering wheel immediately”, or “Pilot is about to be deactivated, please take control of the vehicle immediately”, and keep alerting you audibly.
When the system detects that your hands have been always off the steering wheel and your eyes have been always off the road ahead after a period of time, Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display will display “Emergency Active Stop is activated, the vehicle is about to stop” and alert you audibly, accompanied by a NOMI voice prompt of “The vehicle is stopping” and double flashing lights.
When the system detects that your hands are on the steering wheel and your eyes are on the road ahead, the warning will disappear.
Maintaining Safe Distance
When Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) displays the “Please drive with caution, the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close” warning, it means that there is a risk of collision because the maximum deceleration available to Lane Centering Control (LCC) can no longer maintain a safe distance, and you need to take control of the brake pedal and steering wheel immediately to control the speed and direction of the vehicle.
Warning如您发现危险,切勿等待该警示出现再采取行动,请立刻接管车辆。
If you encounter a dangerous situation, do not wait for a warning before taking action and take over immediately.
Lead Vehicle Start Alert
When Lane Centering Control stops the vehicle as the lead vehicle stops
If the lead vehicle starts, Lane Centering Control will follow it and actively start the vehicle as well. You need to pay attention to the surrounding environment at all times to prevent collision accidents from occurring;
When the vehicle stops as the lead vehicle stops for more than about 5 seconds, before it starts again to follow the lead vehicle, it will alert you audibly;
When the vehicle stops as the lead vehicle stops for more than about 5 seconds, and the system detects obstacles ahead that may affect driving, Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display will display “The lead vehicle starts moving” prompt, and you need to re-activate Following Start by pressing the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel or stepping on the accelerator pedal after checking the surroundings;
After approximately 5 minutes, Lane Centering Control will be deactivated and Electric Parking will be activated instead.
After Lane Centering Control stops the vehicle as the lead vehicle stops, it will start the vehicle again only when the distance to the lead vehicle exceeds about 4 meters.
Smart Speed Assist
Once activated, when the vehicle is driving on a highway or overpass under Lane Centering Control, it will alert you to change the speed limit when it detects a change in the road speed limit. You can manually confirm to keep the cruise speed consistent with the current road speed limit.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Smart Speed Assist to turn this feature on or off.
Intelligent Speed Assist is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute for, your visual observation. Never rely solely on the speed limit information recognized by Traffic Sign Recognition.
When the speed of the vehicle exceeds the speed limit of the road, you will be visually alerted of overspeed.
As a driving assist feature, Intelligent Speed Assist cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions. You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Traffic Sign Recognition and Intelligent Speed Assist if it is safe.
Currently, Intelligent Speed Assist does not work in complex road conditions such as ramps.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Intelligent Speed Assist combines the speed limit information from the map to display the speed limit information on the digital instrument cluster. No speed limit information will be displayed when no speed limit information source is available from the map.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may cause the camera to identify obstacles, affect the performance of Lane Centering Control (LCC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera
Blocked or dirty camera
Limited recognition at night
Dark surroundings, such as at dawn, dusk, night, in tunnels
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
Camera directly exposed to light
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera
Wet roads
The following situations may cause the radar to identify obstacles, affect the performance of Lane Centering Control (LCC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as heavy rain, snow, fog, which may affect radar performance
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
The following situations may cause the LiDAR to identify obstacles, affect the performance of Lane Centering Control (LCC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snow, tinted or transparent film or other obstructions on the LiDAR window
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
The vehicle will only respond to Lane Centering Control (LCC) when the conditions are met The targets below cannot be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Transverse vehicles
Motorcycles, tricycles
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians
Bicycles
Traffic cones
Animals
Traffic lights
Walls
Barriers
Oncoming vehicles
Other non-vehicle objects
The following situations may cause the late recognition and response of Lane Centering Control (LCC) because the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
Lane Centering Control (LCC) will not respond to targets in the sensor blind zone. For example, it cannot detect the blind spots at the corners of the vehicle and the blind spots on the sides of the vehicle.
When approaching or turning along the road, some targets may be mis-selected or missed, resulting in the unexpected acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle.
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the lead vehicle. When going downhill, it may accelerate the vehicle, causing it to exceed the cruising speed.
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle (especially when it’s a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to recognize the target in a responsive manner and you need to take over in time.
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize the target in a responsive manner and you need to take over in time.
In rare cases, this feature may accelerate your vehicle even when it is not necessary or intended due to a change in, or loss of, the target (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
In rare cases, this feature may apply the vehicle’s brakes when it is not necessary or intended due to the detection of vehicles or objects, or a change in, or loss of, a stationary target in the adjacent lane (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
When following the lead vehicle, if your vehicle or the lead vehicle switches out of the current lane, acceleration may be restricted by this feature for a certain period of time for your safety. You can take over by pressing the accelerator pedal.
This feature cannot guarantee accurate target recognition in all situations. If you find that the displayed "lane marking" from the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) does not match the actual situation, please drive with caution so as to take control of your vehicle in a timely manner. Which include but are not limited to:
There is actually a lead vehicle, but the digital instrument cluster does not display the target vehicle.
There is actually no lead vehicle, but the digital instrument cluster shows a lead vehicle.
When driving in special or complex road conditions, it is not recommended to activate Lane Centering Control (LCC) because it may affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control and Keeping, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, congested roads
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads
Uphill and downhill roads
Rough roads
Narrow roads
Tunnel entrances and exits
Non-standard roads
Roads without a median
In the following situations, if the vehicle is driving too fast relative to the lead vehicle, Lane Centering Control (LCC) may be subject to limited control, which will result in an inability to maintain a safe distance in a responsive manner, which include but are not limited to:
Sudden maneuvers of the vehicle ahead (such as sudden turns, acceleration, deceleration, etc.)
Another vehicle abruptly cutting in or out of the front of your vehicle
Your vehicle abruptly cutting in behind the vehicle ahead
Your vehicle driving towards a stationary or slow-moving target at a high speed
It may not be able to provide sufficient braking force in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
The brake feature cannot fully work (such as when brake parts are too cold, too hot, wet, etc.)
Improper vehicle maintenance (excessive wear of the brake or tires, abnormal tire pressure, etc.)
The vehicle is driving on special roads (such as uphill and downhill, water, mud, potholes, ice and snow roads, etc.)
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions do not exhaust all the situations that may affect the proper operation of Lane Centering Control. Lane Centering Control may be affected by many factors. To avoid safety accidents, be sure to always pay attention to traffic, road and vehicle conditions and drive with caution.
Adaptive Cruise Control
Adaptive Cruise Control can be used to sync your vehicle speed automatically with the speed of the lead vehicle. When there is no target in front of your vehicle to respond to, your vehicle will drive at the set speed. When there is a target to respond to, your vehicle will automatically control its speed to try to maintain the following distance you set.
Adaptive Cruise Control can only be used to control longitudinal speed and distance. This system includes the start and stop feature of Adaptive Cruise Control, which allows your vehicle to follow the lead vehicle till it stops (certain deceleration conditions need to be met). If the lead vehicle drives away in a short amount of time, your vehicle can automatically start and follow. If the lead vehicle remains stationary for a period of time, your vehicle will enter the parking state.
Adaptive Cruise Control is mainly applicable to long-distance driving on dry and smooth standardized straight roads, such as highways, expressways, and long straight roads.
As a driving assist feature, Adaptive Cruise Control cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions.
Adaptive Cruise Control controls the speed, but not the direction, of your vehicle.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Adaptive Cruise Control if it is safe. You should always be ready to take over if you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or the vehicle are not suitable for Adaptive Cruise Control, or there are other unsafe factors. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for maintaining an appropriate distance and speed and complying with current traffic laws and regulations.
As a feature for driving comfort, and not for preventing collision, Adaptive Cruise Control has a limited maximum deceleration that is less than the maximum deceleration required by Autonomous Emergency Braking and manual driving scenarios. Therefore, never rely solely on Adaptive Cruise Control to decelerate the vehicle when avoiding a collision.
Adaptive Cruise Control may fail to stop your vehicle or maintain a safe distance from the lead vehicle when the relative speed between your vehicle and the lead vehicle is great. In this case, press the brake pedal immediately for your safety. Do not rely on Adaptive Cruise Control to bring your vehicle to a full stop following the stationary vehicle or the lead vehicle in this situation.
Enabling Adaptive Cruise Control
Middle button : activate or exit Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Up button: increase or resume the cruising speed
Down button: decrease the cruising speed
Left button: decrease the following distance
Right button: increase the following distance
When the operating conditions of Adaptive Cruise Control are met, press the Middle button on the left side of the steering wheel to activate Adaptive Cruise Control.
Adaptive Cruise Control can be enabled at the vehicle speed of 0-180 km/h (0-110 mph).
If the vehicle speed is lower than 30 km/h (20 mph), 30 km/h (20 mph) will be set as the cruising speed
If the vehicle speed is higher than 30 km/h (20 mph) but not higher than 180 km/h (110 mph), the current vehicle speed will be set as the cruising speed
When Adaptive Cruise Control is activated, you can release the accelerator pedal to maintain the set cruising speed.
If there is a lead vehicle, Adaptive Cruise Control will adjust the speed of your vehicle according to the speed and distance of the lead vehicle, and the maximum speed will not exceed the cruising speed
When there is no vehicle ahead, Adaptive Cruise Control will quickly adjust the speed of your vehicle to the cruising speed
When driving by using Adaptive Cruise Control, you can depress the accelerator pedal hard at any time to take over your vehicle in a short amount of time. At this time, Adaptive Cruise Control will no longer respond to the target lead vehicle, and your vehicle will be completely under your control. When you release the accelerator pedal, your vehicle will return to the cruising speed.
When Adaptive Cruise Control actively accelerates your vehicle, the accelerator pedal will not move. When Adaptive Cruise Control decelerates your vehicle, the brake pedal may move.
After you exit Adaptive Cruise Control by pressing the Middle button on the left side of the steering wheel or depressing the brake pedal, you can activate it again by pressing the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and you can restore the vehicle speed to the previously set cruising speed. If you press the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel while depressing the accelerator pedal, the current speed will be set as the cruising speed. The maximum set speed is 180 km/h (110 mph).
Operating Conditions of Adaptive Cruise Control :
The high-definition camera, LiDAR and radar feature normally, and the field of vision is clear
No components of Adaptive Cruise Control are faulty
Your vehicle meets all safety conditions, such as:
The driver is seated.
The driver's hands on the steering wheel.
The driver has fastened the seat belt.
All doors are closed.
Your vehicle is in gear position D.
The driver does not step on the brake pedal.
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not triggered.
The feature cannot be activated when the steering angle of the steering wheel is too large.
When driving with this feature on, if the system detects that you are not in a normal driving state (e.g., you are not holding the steering wheel for an extended period of time, you are distracted and fatigued for an extended period of time, or you are out of your seat), it will activate Emergency Active Stop when the normal operating conditions for the system are met.
Disabling Adaptive Cruise Control
Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated when:
The steering wheel button is pressed
The brake pedal is depressed.
In addition, when the conditions for Adaptive Cruise Control are not met, it will be automatically deactivated. You can take control of the vehicle immediately after Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated.
After Adaptive Cruise Control is deactivated, the vehicle may slow down due to regenerative braking, and will not be able to maintain the set distance to the lead vehicle.
Aaptive Cruise Control may be canceled suddenly due to unexpected circumstances. Please always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and be prepared to take over at any time.
Adjusting Adaptive Cruise Control Speed
When Adaptive Cruise Control is active, go to the Settings interface from the control bar of the center display, tap Driver Assistance > Cruise Speed Adjustment, and select the appropriate way to adjust the cruising speed.
The cruising speed can be adjusted by:
Short press for 1 km/h and long press for 5 km/h.
Press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruise speed by 1 km/h
Long press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase/decrease the cruise speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82 km/h, press+hold the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be increased to 85 km/h
Long press for 1 km/h and short press for 5 km/h.
Long press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase or decrease the cruise speed by 1 km/h.
Press the Up or Down button on the left side of the steering wheel to increase or decrease the cruise speed to the closest 5 km/h increment, that is, if the speed is 82 km/h, press the Up button on the left side of the steering wheel, and the speed will be increased to 85 km/h
The maximum set speed for Adaptive Cruise Control is 180 km/h.
The minimum set speed for Adaptive Cruise Control is 10 km/h, but it allows the vehicle to decelerate to 0 km/h when following the vehicle ahead.
Caution首次开启该功能默认为长按+1 短按+5。 巡航车速调节无法通过NOMI 语音调整。
To activate it for the first time, shortly press for 1 km/h, or long press for 5km/h.
The cruise speed cannot be adjusted via NOMI.
Adjusting Following Time and Distance with Adaptive Cruise Control
When Adaptive Cruise Control is active or in standby, the following time and distance can be adjusted in 5 levels.
Press the Right button on the left side of the steering wheel to set the following time and distance to a farther setting.
Press the Left button on the left side of the steering wheel to set the following time and distance to a closer setting.
Caution当跟车时间距离被设置较近时,自适应巡航驾驶行为较为激烈,可能会引起不适。
When the time distance to the lead vehicle is set shorter, Adaptive Cruise Control will respond more aggressively, which may cause a level of discomfort.
Warning您有责任在任何时候确定并保持安全的跟车距离,请勿完全依靠自适应巡航保持车距。
It is your responsibility to determine and maintain a safe following distance at all times. Do not rely solely on Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control to maintain an accurate or appropriate following distance.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD)
An intelligent driving status indicator light has been added next to the real-time vehicle speed on the left side of the digital instrument cluster. The intelligent driving status indicator light can be used to understand the features of intelligent driving that can be activated now and that is running now, as well as the cruise speed status of intelligent driving.
Active state
To be activated
Loss of lateral control
Lane Centering Control
Adaptive Cruise Control
None
When Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display displays the "Please drive with caution, the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close" warning, it means that there is a risk of collision because the maximum deceleration available to Adaptive Cruise Control can no longer maintain a safe distance, and you need to take control of the brake pedal and steering wheel immediately to control the speed and direction of the vehicle.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Warning如您发现危险,切勿等待该警示出现再采取行动,请立刻接管车辆。
If you encounter a dangerous situation, do not wait for a warning before taking action and take over immediately.
Go Notifier
When the vehicle is stopped when following the lead vehicle under Adaptive Cruise Control.
If the lead vehicle starts, Adaptive Cruise Control will follow it and actively start the vehicle as well. You need to pay attention to the surrounding environment at all times to prevent collision accidents from occurring.
When the vehicle is stopped for no more than about 5 minutes when following the lead vehicle, starting while following is available under Adaptive Cruise Control.
After the vehicle is stopped for about 5 minutes when following the lead vehicle, Electric Parking Brake will be activated and Adaptive Cruise Control will be deactivated.
If the system detects obstacles ahead that may affect driving, making it impossible to follow the lead vehicle, you may, after checking the surroundings, reactivate Adaptive Cruise Control by stepping on the accelerator pedal.
Adaptive Cruise Control cannot detect other traffic participants in all situations, as this feature may fail, work improperly, or work with delay under the impact of multiple factors.
You must always pay attention to the traffic and road conditions. Never rely on Adaptive Cruise Control to automatically start the vehicle to follow,, otherwise it may cause personal injury or vehicle damage.
Intelligent Speed Assist
Once activated, when the vehicle is driving on a highway or overpass under Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it will alert you to change the speed limit when a change is detected in the road speed limit. You can manually confirm to keep the cruise speed consistent with the current road speed limit.
Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, and tap Driver Assistance > Intelligent Speed Assist to turn this feature on or off.
Intelligent Speed Assist is only a supplement to, and does not function as a substitute for, your visual observation. Never rely solely on the speed limit information recognized by Traffic Sign Recognition.
When the speed of the vehicle exceeds the speed limit of the road, you will be visually alerted of overspeed.
As a driving assist feature, Intelligent Speed Assist cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather and road conditions. You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and make your own decision on whether to use Traffic Sign Recognition and Intelligent Speed Assist if it is safe.
Currently, Intelligent Speed Assist does not work in complex road conditions such as ramps.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for driving safely and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Intelligent Speed Assist combines the speed limit information from the map to display the speed limit information on the digital instrument cluster. No speed limit information will be displayed when no speed limit information source is available from the map.
The dynamic environment simulation display can only be used as a reference and cannot perfectly reflect the real traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the dynamic environment simulation display.
Overtaking Assist Provided by Adaptive Cruise Control
When the vehicle is following the lead vehicle under Adaptive Cruise Control, if you turn on the left turn light and steer the steering wheel in an attempt to overtake another vehicle, it will activate acceleration assist to accelerate up to the set cruising speed.
Overtaking Assist can be activated when:
Adaptive Cruise Control is active and has detected a vehicle traveling in the same direction ahead.
The current vehicle speed is higher than 50 km/h, but not over the set cruising speed.
There is no lane marking or the lane marking is a dashed line on the side of the lane change.
The vehicle is at a safe distance from the vehicle ahead.
The hazard warning light is not on.
No malfunction with the turn light.
When the above conditions are met, you can activate Overtaking Assist by toggling the left turn light lever to the bottom. When you turn the steering wheel to the left, Adaptive Cruise Control will maintain the distance to the lead vehicle, but will allow you to drive slightly closer than the set following distance. During a lane change, Adaptive Cruise Control will accelerate up to the set cruising speed without you stepping on the accelerator pedal.
Your vehicle may decelerate when Overtaking Assist is in operation due to the lead vehicle in the current or target lane, which is highlighted on the digital instrument cluster.
Overtaking Assist feature will be deactivated, but Adaptive Cruise Control will remain active, when:
A lane change is completed.
Overtaking Assist has been active for too long.
The turn light lever is toggled back before the lane change.
Caution若自适应巡航工作条件不满足,超车辅助功能和自适应巡航功能将同时退出。
When the operating conditions for Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control are not met, Overtaking Assist and Intelligent Adaptive Cruise Control will cancel.
Caution超车辅助只能辅助调整行驶速度,而无法控制行驶方向,您必须始终手动控制方向。
Overtaking Assist only assists in adjusting the vehicle’s driving speed, and cannot control the steering. You must manually control the steering at all times.
Caution 超车辅助无法分辨您的“超车”与“左转”意图。
Overtaking Assist is unable to distinguish your intention to overtake from your intention to turn left.
Overtaking Assist only detects the vehicle in front of you. In order to ensure your safety, you must pay attention to your surroundings before and during the process of overtaking.
When using Overtaking Assist, you should be aware of the possibility of sudden acceleration or a lack of acceleration, and always be prepared to press or fully press the accelerator pedal to take over. Do not rely solely on this feature to overtake other vehicles.
Warning以下情况可能导致超车辅助无法按预期运作,包括但不限于:正在驶近左转弯出口
Overtaking Assist may fail to operate as intended in certain situations, including but not limited to:
Approaching a left-hand exit
Driving on winding roads
The front vehicle’s status in the current or target lane changes suddenly, e.g. sudden deceleration
Obstacles to the side or rear of the vehicle
Precautions and Restrictions
The following situations may lead to a camera recognition disorder, affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control , or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera.
Blocked or dirty camera.
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel.
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits.
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles.
Camera directly exposed to light.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera.
Wet roads.
The following situations may lead to a LiDAR recognition disorder, affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Changed installation position of LiDAR.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead.
Driving on wet or waterlogged roads.
Water, dust, transparent vehicle coverings, color-changing film, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, ice, snowfall and other obstructions on the LiDAR window.
Overheating of the LiDAR caused by prolonged sun exposure.
Due to the limitation of LiDAR characteristics, in rare special cases, false alarms may occur for the traffic signs/high-speed anti-collision barrels in high-speed/elevated sections
The following situations may lead to a radar recognition disorder, affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Misplaced or blocked radar, or covered with mud, ice and snow, metal plates, tapes, labels, leaves, etc.
The radar or the area surrounding it is impacted due to a vehicle collision, scratch, etc.
Extreme weather such as heavy rain, snow, fog, which may affect radar performance.
Due to the limitation of radar target recognition characteristics, in rare special circumstances, false alarms may occur for some metal barriers, green belts, cement walls, etc.
Only the vehicles that meet the conditions will be responded by Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC). The targets below cannot be guaranteed to be identified, and may trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
Transverse vehicles.
Motorcycles, tricycles.
The targets below will not trigger a response, which include but are not limited to:
This feature does not guarantee the recognition of special-shaped targets, especially at night or a poor lighting environment where the driver needs to pay extra attention. Such vehicles include vehicles with a covered rear or irregularly-shaped rear, vehicles with a rear below a certain height, and unladen carriers.
This feature may miss stationary or slow-moving vehicles, especially at night when the driver needs to pay extra attention.
The following situations may cause late recognition and response in Adaptive Cruise Control because the target is not directly ahead, which include but are not limited to:
Adaptive Cruise Control will not respond to targets in the sensor blind zone. For example, Adaptive Cruise Control cannot detect the blind spots at the corners of the vehicle and the blind spots on the sides of the vehicle
When approaching or turning along a road, some targets may be mis-selected or missed, resulting in unexpected acceleration and deceleration of the vehicle
When going uphill, it may miss a target or misjudge the distance to the lead vehicle. When going downhill, it may accelerate the vehicle, causing it to exceed the cruising speed
When only part of the body of a vehicle in the adjacent lane cuts in front of your vehicle (especially when it’s a larger vehicle cutting in, like a bus, truck, etc.), it may not be able to recognize the target in a responsive manner and you need to take over in time
When your vehicle abruptly cuts into the rear of the vehicle ahead, or another vehicle abruptly cuts into or out of the front of your vehicle, it may not be able to recognize the target in a responsive manner and you need to take over in time
In rare cases, this feature may accelerate your vehicle even when it is not necessary or intended due to a change in, or loss of, the target (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
In rare cases, this feature may apply the vehicle’s brakes when it is not necessary or intended due to the detection of vehicles or objects, or a change in, or loss of, a stationary target in the adjacent lane (especially when cornering or changing lanes).
When following the lead vehicle, if your vehicle or the lead vehicle switches out of the current lane, acceleration may be restricted by this feature for a certain period of time for your safety. You can take over by pressing the accelerator pedal.
This feature cannot guarantee accurate recognition of the target in all situations. If you find that the display of "target lead vehicle" on the digital instrument cluster does not match the actual situation, please take control of your vehicle in a timely manner. Which include but are not limited to:
There is actually a lead vehicle, but the digital instrument cluster does not display the target vehicle.
There is actually no lead vehicle, but the digital instrument cluster shows a lead vehicle.
When driving in special or complex road conditions, it is not recommended to activate Adaptive Cruise Control because it may affect the performance of Adaptive Cruise Control, or even cause deactivation, which include but are not limited to:
Waterlogged roads, muddy roads, potholes, ice- and snow-covered roads, roads with speed bumps, roads with obstacles.
Traffic conditions with a lot of pedestrians, bicycles or animals.
Complex and changeable traffic conditions, such as busy intersections, expressway ramps, congested roads.
Winding and turning roads, rapid turning roads.
Uphill and downhill roads.
Rough roads.
Narrow roads.
Tunnel entrances and exits.
Non-standard roads.
Roads without a median.
In the following situations, if the vehicle speed is too high relative to the lead vehicle, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) may be subject to limited control, which will result in an inability to maintain the safe distance in a responsive manner, which include but are not limited to:
Sudden maneuvers of the vehicle ahead (such as sudden turns, acceleration, deceleration, etc.).
Another vehicle abruptly cutting in or out of the front of your vehicle.
Your vehicle abruptly cutting in behind the vehicle ahead.
Your vehicle driving towards a stationary or slow-moving target at a high speed.
It may not be able to provide sufficient braking force in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
The brake feature cannot fully work (such as when brake parts are too cold, too hot, wet, etc.).
Improper vehicle maintenance (excessive wear of the brake or tires, abnormal tire pressure, etc.).
The vehicle is driving on special roads (such as uphill and downhill, water, mud, potholes, ice and snow roads, etc.).
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that may affect the normal operation of the Adaptive Cruise Control system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Adaptive Cruise Control system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display can display the external environment monitored by the vehicle in real-time through digital instrument cluster, including other traffic participation elements such as lane markings.
Warning动态环境模拟显示仅供参考,无法替代您的目视检查。
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) is for reference only and cannot replace your visual inspection. Do not rely solely on the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) for driving.
Since the detection range of the cameras and sensors associated with the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) is limited, and road and weather conditions may have adverse effects on detection, always drive with caution.
Caution动态环境模拟显示仅作示意,并不能完全反映真实的交通状况。
The Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) is only for illustrative purposes and cannot fully reflect the actual traffic conditions. Therefore, do not rely on the content displayed from the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD).
As a driving assist feature, the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) can neither respond to all traffic, weather or road conditions, nor detect vehicles in all cases. It may become ineffective, inappropriate or untimely due to a number of factors.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for safe driving and shall abide by the current traffic laws and regulations.
Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display may not always be able to detect various objects, vehicles, riders, or pedestrians, nor accurately display all the conditions of the surrounding environment, and there is a possibility of display errors. The following circumstances could cause the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display to malfunction or have limitations, including but not limited to:
Changed installation position of camera.
Blocked or dirty camera.
Reduced recognition capability due to dim surrounding environments, such as at dawn, dusk, night, or in a tunnel, etc.
Sudden changes in ambient brightness, such as tunnel entrances or exits.
Large shadows cast by buildings, landscapes or large vehicles
When the camera is slanted by the sun or exposed to direct sunlight.
Severe weather such as rain, snow, fog, haze.
Exhaust gas, water spray, snow or dust lifted up by the vehicle ahead that falls onto your vehicle.
Water, dust, micro-scratches, oil sludge, dirt, wiper, ice, snow, etc. on the windshield in front of the camera.
Wet roads.
The camera is out of focus or faulty.
Vehicle traveling on roads with sharp turns or in poor condition.
Misrepresentation of one kind of object as another kind of object.
Displaying an object in the incorrect direction or at the incorrect distance.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display. There are many factors that may interfere with the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD). In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion (S-APA with Fusion) uses surround-view cameras and ultrasonic sensors to detect ground markings or parking spaces between two vehicles, so as to provide parking assistance.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion supports perpendicular parking, parallel parking, and angled parking, but does not support parking in three-dimensional parking spaces.
Caution为保证该功能的正常和安全运行,在使用该功能过程中,请务必全程系好安全带。
To ensure the normal and safe operation of this feature, please make sure to fasten your seat belt during the use of this feature.
The performance of Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion depends on the capabilities of the surround view camera and ultrasonic sensors to detect and identify the environment.
Do not use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if any one of the two side mirrors, the surround view camera, and the ultrasonic sensors is damaged or in an abnormal position.
You should pay special attention to pedestrians, children, and animals near your vehicle, and other fine, pointed, low or suspended obstacles undetected by the ultrasonic sensors, such as parking locks, low stone blocks, traffic cones, low cylinders, thin rods, pointed objects, corners of walls, and square columns in parking lots.
As a driving assist feature, Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion cannot handle all situations in all traffic, weather, road, and light conditions.
You must always pay attention to traffic and road conditions, and decide to use Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion or not after your safety is ensured.
You should always be ready to take over if you find that the conditions of the traffic, road or vehicle are not suitable for enabling Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion, or there are other safety risks. You always bear the ultimate responsibility for parking safely and complying with applicable traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion parks the vehicle as follows:
Parking space search: Enter the Dual-view Image interface and open Parking Space Search. Drive forward slowly at a speed of lower than 16 km/h, and stop after the digital instrument cluster shows that a parking space has been found. Keep the brake on, check and choose a safe and suitable parking space;
Manual parking space search: Enter the Dual-view Image interface and open Parking Space Search. Drive forward slowly at a speed of lower than 16 km/h, and stop after the digital instrument cluster shows that a parking space has been found. Keep the brake on, check and choose a safe and suitable parking space;
Auto parking space search: When the road conditions and system conditions are met, drive forward slowly at a speed of lower than 16 km/h. When a parking space is found in the background, the Parking Assist button will appear on the Map interface. Touch the button and stop the vehicle according to the text prompts on the interface. Keep the brake on, check and choose a safe and suitable parking space;
Parking: Select a safe and suitable parking space, and park the vehicle according to the text prompts on the interface. Keep checking the surroundings to ensure that the vehicle is parked safely;
Parking completed. The Dual-view Image interface will prompt Parking Completed.
Details are as follows:
Parking Space Search
Before searching for a parking space, the vehicle must meet the following conditions:
The vehicle speed is lower than 16 km/h
The vehicle is in the D or R gear position
All doors are closed
The driver is seated
ACC/LCC not enabled
Ultrasonic sensors and surround-view cameras feature properly with a clear view
No system error
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system are not triggered
Traction control system, vehicle stability control system are not disabled
Not available in ECO+ Mode
When the above conditions are met, you can initiate Parking Space Search in any of the following ways:
Where the parking camera is off, say a command like “I want to park” or “Park the vehicle” to wake up NOMI, which will open the Dual-view Image interface directly and enter Parking Space Search
Swipe right on the main interface of the center display to enter the Quick Access interface, tap Parking Assist, enter the Dual-view Image interface and open Parking Space Search
Put your vehicle in Reverse, enter the image interface, and tap the button in the upper left corner to open Parking Space Search
Tap the parking camera to enter the 360° image interface, tap the button in the upper left corner to open Parking Space Search
After turning on Parking Space Search, keep the vehicle at a distance of 0.5m to 1.5m to the target parking space, and drive forward slowly at a speed of lower than 16 km/h to search for a parking space.
During the search for a parking space, when a white “P” appears on the left or right side of your vehicle on the screen, it means that the system has found a parking space on the corresponding side. If a “P” appears on both sides, it means that the system has found parking spaces on both sides.
Stop the vehicle at this time, keep the brake on, and check whether the parking space is safe and suitable. If multiple parking spaces are found, you can manually select the appropriate parking space on the Dual-view Image interface.
Note开始搜索车位后,若爱车挂入 R 挡并后退,车位搜索将保持。
After the vehicle starts searching a parking space, if you shift into REVERSE and reverse the vehicle, it will continue searching.
Caution若车速大于约16 公里/小时,车位搜索会退出。
If the vehicle speed is above 16 km/h, the parking space search will stop.
Caution若搜索车位时,车辆前进方向与道路方向偏角过大,会影响最终泊车的效果。
When searching for parking spaces, parking may not be successful if the vehicle’s direction has significantly deviated from the direction of the road.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion can be used to identify the barrier-free parking space sign in the parking space. After successful identification, the barrier-free parking space will display the corresponding icon on the lower-left corner of the parking space interface. Currently, the identification of barrier-free signs that are not located within parking spaces, such as standing metal plates and text signs, is not supported. Additionally, this type of parking space may be misidentified. Please select a parking space according to the actual situation.
You must always check and confirm if the detected parking space is safe and suitable for parking. Do not rely solely on Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion to search for suitable parking spaces.
This feature is not available on high-speed roads and urban expressways.
Never use this feature in the Trailer Mode.
The system may misidentify parking spaces on roads, at entrances, in bushes, etc. You need to determine if the parking space is suitable.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion cannot determine if the detected parking space is legitimate. You need to confirm the legitimacy before starting the parking procedure.
Parking
Select a safe and suitable parking space, release the steering wheel and brake pedal according to the text prompts on the interface, then initiate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion. During the parking process, the interface will display the current gear and the remaining length of the route in this gear as a reference. Keep checking the surroundings to ensure the safety of the parking process.
After selecting a parking space, you can de-select it by tapping the space again before releasing the brake pedal.
When the vehicle is parked, the “P” on the left or right side of the vehicle in the digital instrument cluster will turn green.
Caution请在车辆提示“请松开刹车和方向盘”后,再释放制动踏板,以免泊车功能退出,车辆后退。
Please only release the brake pedal when you receive the prompt “Release the brake pedal and the steering wheel” on the center display. Otherwise, Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist will cancel and the vehicle will move backwards.
Before releasing the brake pedal, make sure that your hands and arms do not interfere with the steering wheel to avoid any injuries caused by its rapid movement. When parking, always be prepared to apply the brakes to pause the process or take over.
Initiating Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion in a narrow parking space may affect the performance of the sensors, which can increase the risk of damaging the vehicle or surrounding objects.
You are responsible for driving safely. Always pay attention to your surroundings when parking, ensure that the parking process is safe, and be prepared to take over at any time. In particular, you should pay special attention to pedestrians, children, or animals near your vehicle, and other fine, pointed, low, or suspended obstacles the ultrasonic sensors may not be able to detect.
Any retrofits or modifications made to the steering wheel, including but not limited to steering wheel cover, steering wheel modification, and counterweight ring, will increase the parking risk caused by failed or affected Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion.
The center display only shows available parking spaces that Shiftless Automatic Parking Assist is capable of parking in, which are subject to both the size of the parking space and its surroundings. If you spot any obstacles that suddenly appear around the car while parking, take over immediately as the system may not apply the brakes in time.
Parking Completed
The vehicle is properly parked when the Dual-view Image interface prompts “Parking Completed”, and the “P” on the left or right side of the vehicle in the digital instrument cluster turns green.
After parking, you may need to make further adjustments to the vehicle in order to ensure that the vehicle is in the best parking position.
Before leaving, make sure that the electric parking brake is activated and the vehicle is in Park gear.
Caution 受周围环境影响,系统可能会提前完成泊车,需要您酌情调整车辆位置。
Parking may be finished in advance due to the surroundings. In this case, you may need to adjust the vehicle’s position manually.
Pausing Parking
During the process of parking under Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion, you can lightly step on the brake pedal to slow the vehicle down without disengaging the feature; only when you keep stepping on the brake pedal until the speed is reduced to 0 km/h, will the feature be suspended. In addition, stepping on the accelerator pedal during parking will also suspend the parking.
If you actively intervene with the steering wheel, the parking feature will be suspended.
Intervention includes, but is not limited to, the process of perpendicularly backing into a parking space with Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion active, if the system detects that there may be a safety risk or the parking result cannot be guaranteed, the system will pause parking and ask you whether to continue parking.
After parking is paused, check the surroundings to ensure that it is safe to continue parking, then release the brake pedal, and tap the “Resume Parking” button on the center display to re-activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion.
Caution若泊车过程中暂停次数过多,会影响最终泊车的效果。
Parking may be impaired if you pause too many times during the parking process.
Disabling Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion
You can deactivate the parking operation process manually in the following ways. Take over control of the speed and direction of your vehicle after actively disengaging Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion:
Step on the brake pedal and shift gears
When Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is suspended, tap the “Stop Parking” button on the Dual-view Image interface
Actively exit the Dual-view Image interface
In addition, when Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is active, the following situations will cause the ongoing parking to stop, requiring you to take over the vehicle in time:
Too close to an obstacle
Front trunk, liftgate or any door is open
Electric parking brake is activated
Anti-lock brake system, traction control system and vehicle stability control system triggered
Driver leaves seat
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion has been suspended for more than about 30 seconds
Too many front and rear adjustments
The overall parking process has timed out
System fault
When Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is deactivated abnormally, the “P” on the left or right side of the vehicle in the digital instrument cluster will turn red.
Precautions and Restrictions
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may not be able to function as expected when the vehicle is driving under the following road conditions, which include but are not limited to:
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when the road surface is slanted or sloped. Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is only designed for use on road surfaces with no gradients.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if the road surface is uneven or there are steps on the road. Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is designed for use on flat roads only.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if there is water, mud, potholes, ice and snow, speed bumps, and obstacles on the road.
The curb material is special or cannot be detected. If parked improperly, the tires and wheel rims of the vehicle are at risk of being damaged by the curb, and you need to promptly take over the vehicle.
When the road surface is slanted or the slope is beyond the supported range, the success rate of Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion cannot be guaranteed.
If the angle of the slanted parking space exceeds the supported range, the parking space will not be released, and the success rate for parking cannot be guaranteed.
Ultrasonic sensors may have limited detection of the following obstacles, requiring you to be ready to take over the vehicle at any time, so as to prevent property damage or personal injury, which include but are not limited to:
Pedestrians, children, animals, etc.
Thin, pointed, short, and suspended obstacles, such as ground locks, low stone piers, low cylinders, thin rods, sharp objects, etc.
Wall corners, parking lot columns, etc.
Ultrasonic sensors may have limited detection in the following situations, resulting in Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion being unable to function or not functioning as expected, which includes but is not limited to:
One or more ultrasonic sensors are damaged, misplaced, or obscured (such as by mud or ice)
Severe weather like rain, snow, fog, and haze affect the performance of ultrasonic sensors
Sensors are affected by other electrical equipment or installations that can cause interference
The surround-view camera may have limited detection in the following situations, resulting in Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion being unable to function or not functioning as expected, which includes but is not limited to:
The left and right side mirrors or the front and rear of the vehicle are damaged, resulting in an abnormal position of the surround-view camera
The surround-view camera is soiled (such as by mud or ice) or obscured
Under strong sunlight or dappled tree shade
Reflective ground or water on the ground
Poor lighting conditions (dark), strong reflection from the ground, or poor visibility (heavy rain, heavy snow, dense fog)
A parking space of an unconventional size (too narrow or too wide), or a tile-paved parking space
Worn, unclear, covered, or overlapping parking space lines
Cylindrical, square and other shaped pillars near the parking space
Parking space at a corner
The system may not be able to judge and exclude parking spaces with no-parking markings, cones, restricted-stop signs, ground locks, or other special parking spaces
The system may not be able to exclude parking spaces with obstacles, such as pedestrians, bicycles, tricycles, low debris, bricks, etc.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may not be able to function as expected when the vehicle is driving in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
Any addition or modification of the steering wheel, which will increase the risk of parking and may cause the Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion to not work, or not function as expected, which includes but is not limited to: installing a leather steering wheel cover, or modifying the steering wheel or weight ring, etc.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if a trailer is attached to the rear of the vehicle.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if the vehicle is fitted with snow chains or a spare wheel.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion if a loaded object protrudes into the area surrounding the vehicle.
Non-original tires or low tire pressure will affect the driving trajectory of Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion. When Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion is active, make sure the tires are original and properly inflated.
After changing the tire size and specifications, you need to update the relevant parameters at the After-sales Services. Currently only the tire models specified by us are supported; any modification of the vehicle's tire size and specifications may affect parking performance.
Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion may not be able to function as expected due to the following target parking space conditions, which include but are not limited to:
The target parking space is adjacent to the roadside fence, high walls, street lights, trees, bushes, pillars, suspended obstacles such as railings, distribution boxes, chargers, etc., which will affect the final parking effect and may even cause vehicle damage.
The target parking space is on a curve, which will affect the final parking effect.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when the target parking space is at an angle.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when there are obstacles such as unlocked ground locks, cones, shopping carts, and lampposts in the target parking space.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion when the following conditions may lead to poor vision of the observed environment while driving, which include but are not limited to:
Any one of the left and right side mirrors is blurred, damaged or in an abnormal position.
The surround-view camera is blurry, damaged, or in an unusual position.
Poor vision at night or due to insufficient light.
Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion repeatedly in the following situations, which include but are not limited to:
After vigorous driving or repeated parking operations, which may trigger overheating protection of the steering system. Do not activate Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion for prolonged periods of time or repeatedly.
The above warnings, precautions and restrictions have not fully covered all the situations that may affect the normal operation of the Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Power Swap with Assisted Parking
The Power Swap with Assisted Parking can help drivers park their vehicles in the Power Swap Station without any steering wheel input, braking, acceleration, or gear shift operations.
Search for the Power Swap Station on the map, or open the power-up assistant to screen the Power Swap Station:
If you are within the order placing range of the Power Swap Station, directly tap to place an order;
If you are not in the order placing range, navigate to the Power Swap Station and place an order when you arrive nearby.
The locations of your vehicle and the NIO app are checked during order placement. An order cannot be placed successfully unless your vehicle is within 200m of the power swap station.
In the event of an order placement failure due to unavailable vehicle network, please try again after the network resumes or consult the field specialist.
Please read the Agreement and Disclaimer before placing an order.
When the order is placed successfully, a power swapping serial number will be generated to enter the queuing sequence. You can check the battery's charging status, the number of people in the current queue, the estimated waiting time and other information on the order interface of the mobile App and the vehicle.
After the lead vehicle finishes the power swap and leaves the Power Swap Station, the Power Swap Station will send a number calling command after checking to notify you to enter the station for the power swap. Tap the "Activate Power Swap Process" button on the center display to start the parking process.
Please wait for your turn near the power swap station and pay attention to the queuing status on your center display or NIO app. If you miss your turn, please contact the field specialist in time.
If you have to leave the power swap station for some reason, please pay attention to the queuing status on the NIO app or cancel the order in time.
Please avoid the lane in front of the station when waiting for power swap.
The Power Swap with Assisted Parking feature may not operate as expected in the following situations:
The material that the curb is made out of is not stone or the curb is undetectable. If parked improperly, the tires and wheel rims of the vehicle are at risk of being damaged by the curb, and you need to promptly take over the vehicle.
Any addition or modification of the steering wheel, which will increase the risk of parking and may cause the Shiftless Advanced Parking Assist with Fusion to not work, or not function as expected, which includes but is not limited to: installing a leather steering wheel cover, or modifying the steering wheel or weight ring, etc.
One or more ultrasonic sensors are contaminated or obstructed (e.g. sludge or ice and snow).
Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, extreme heat or cold, etc.) interfere with the operation of the sensor.
Reflective ground or water on the ground.
Sensors are affected by other electrical equipment or installations that can cause interference.
The road surfaces are uneven, have grass planting bricks, grooves, etc.
It is equipped with snow chains or spare wheels.
The loaded objects protrude around the vehicle.
Any one of the left and right side mirrors is damaged or in an abnormal position.
After the tire size is changed, you need to go to the service center to update the relevant parameters. Currently, only the official tire models are supported. Any modification related to the vehicle tire size and performance may affect the parking performance.
Parking may be impaired if you pause too many times during the parking process.
High-speed driving or multiple parking operations may trigger overheat protection for the steering system. Do not use this feature repeatedly for an extended period.
When the target parking space is close to roadside fences, high walls, street lights, trees, bushes, pillars, or overhanging obstacles such as railings, power distribution boxes and charging connectors, these obstacles may affect the parking result and even cause vehicle damage.
Parking into the Power Swap Station
After tapping the "Activate Power Swap Process" button, please enter the starting area for the power swap in the specified direction at a speed lower than 18 km/h according to the vehicle's instructions.
A high speed may cause positioning detection failure. Please keep the speed below 18 km/h.
Please drive as instructed by the arrows on the ground and avoid vehicles and pedestrians around.
If positioning detection fails, please contact the field specialist to take over your vehicle and manually reverse for power swap.
After entering the starting area for the power swap, when the Dynamic Environment Simulation and Display (ESD) displays and NOMI plays a voice prompt saying that the vehicle has been successfully located, please press the brake pedal to keep the vehicle stationary and wait for positioning detection.
Make sure your seat belt is fastened and the door is closed while you wait in the starting area.
Tap the "Assist in Parking Into the Power Swap Station" button. When you see "Please release the brake and steering wheel", follow the instructions to start parking in the Power Swap Station.
Parking will be suspended if obstacles are detected during the process.
If parking is suspended due to systemic reasons or active intervention during the process, please confirm that there are no obstacles in the surrounding area and manually resume the parking.
If you are unable to continue parking, you can select "Terminate Parking", and the on-site specialist will manually swap power for the vehicle after you quit. If the Power Swap Station is unattended, users can choose to park automatically or manually again, or contact the specialist.
After parking is completed, swap power for the vehicle as instructed on the interface.
Before or during parking into the power swap station, please always pay attention to your surroundings to confirm that there are no passing vehicles, pedestrians, children, etc. and ensure parking safety.
Please do not take over the accelerator pedal, unbuckle the seat belt, leave the driver’s seat, or open the door during parking into the power swap station.
Starting/Ending the Power Swap
After parking successfully in place, it will automatically enter the one-button Power Swap process. Please read the instructions on the vehicle's screen carefully and tap to start the power swap.
The vehicle will automatically adjust to the power swap status, and switch off the screen to start the power swap.
If your vehicle is not parked in place or failed to be automatically adjusted, please adjust your vehicle as instructed by the field specialist.
The windows or air conditioning cannot be adjusted during the power swap. Please adjust them to proper positions in advance.
During the power swap, it is normal that the vehicle jerks slightly with some noise and some warning lights are on temporarily.
During the process, do not try to open any door, shift gears, press the brake pedal, or perform other actions, which may cancel the power swap abnormally.
After the power swap is completed, the vehicle's screen will light up to indicate that the power swap has been completed. At this time, it can drive away from the Power Swap Station without any problems.
Caution 驶出换电站时请注意观察前方的车辆及行人,确认安全后再驶出换电站。
Please pay attention to any vehicles or pedestrians in front for safety before exiting the power swap station.
The above warnings and precautions have not fully covered all the conditions that may affect the normal operation of the Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP) system. There are many factors that may interfere with the Power Swap with Assisted Parking (PSAP) system. In order to prevent accidents from occurring, you need to drive attentively and focus on the traffic, road, and vehicle conditions to ensure safe driving.
Side Distance Indication System
The Side Distance Indication System monitors the front of the vehicle when it is driving at a low speed with ultrasonic sensors. When approaching obstacles, it automatically activates the Parking Camera interface to assist in assessing parking space or navigating through narrow passages, such as restricted-width roads.
The Side Distance Indication System is for reference only and cannot replace your visual inspection.
The Side Distance Indication System is a driving assist feature and cannot address all traffic, weather, and road situations. In extreme and adverse weather conditions, including but not limited to rain, snow, fog, and haze, it is not recommended to activate this feature.
To protect your safety, you must always pay attention to the traffic and road conditions and decide for yourself whether to activate the Side Distance Indication System.
You always bear the ultimate responsibility for safe driving and compliance with current traffic laws and regulations.
Enabling and Disabling Side Distance Indication System
The Side Distance Indication System can be enabled or disabled by the Settings button on the Parking Camera interface. When the Side Distance Indication System feature is enabled, different layout styles can be selected, such as Dual-View, Full-Screen, and Picture-in-Picture.
The Parking Camera interface will be automatically activated when the following conditions are met simultaneously:
Vehicle in D gear.
The speed does not exceed 16 km/h.
There are obstacles in any of the areas ahead and they are close to the vehicle.
Detection Areas and Distances of Side Distance Indication System
Area
Distance
1
Distance within 50 cm
2
Distance within 80 cm
3
Distance within 80 cm
You can tap the upper right of the Parking Camera interface to turn off the warning sound. You should take full responsibility for any risks that may arise from disabling the warning sound.
Automatic Exit of the Parking Camera Interface:
The Parking Camera interface will be automatically closed after 4.5 seconds since you have passed the obstacle.
When the Side Distance Indication System is turned off by tapping the blank area of the parking camera or grabbing the screen with fingers, it can be temporarily disabled for 3 minutes, and normal use can be resumed 3 minutes later.
When the vehicle speed exceeds 16 km/h.
When the working conditions for the Side Distance Indication System are met again, the Parking Camera interface will be automatically activated.
Warning如遇极端恶劣天气(包括但不限于雨、雪、雾、霾等),不建议使用此功能。
It is not recommended to use this feature in the event of extremely severe weather (which includes but is not limited to rain, snow, fog, haze, etc.).
The above warnings do not exhaust all the situations that may affect the proper operation of Side Distance Indication System. Side Distance Indication System may be affected by many factors. To avoid safety accidents, be sure to always pay attention to traffic, road and vehicle conditions and drive with caution.
Vehicle Health Status
Please check the vehicle status regularly to keep it in the best condition. You can tap My ET7 > Health on the center display to check vehicle health status. On this interface, the vehicle performs a self-inspection and displays the current health status.
At the same time, you can check the consumption of the current trip in My ET7 > Consumption and reset the trip in Reset Cumulative Trip.
Maintenance Instructions
To ensure that the vehicle can operate normally and bring a good driving and riding experience, you need to conduct regular vehicle maintenance.
In light of the complexity of vehicle systems and the after-sales service requirements of electric vehicles by national laws and regulations, we recommend you to have your vehicle maintained regularly at NIO’s service center. If you have any inquiries about the vehicle inspection, please contact NIO at any time.
Routine Maintenance
Routine maintenance is very important for ensuring your vehicle performance, reducing your costs of vehicle usage, and extending your vehicle service life. It is recommended to go to the NIO Service Center to have maintenance conducted according to the following requirements.
Daily Maintenance
Daily maintenance is a very important measure to ensure driving safety and reduce vehicle malfunctions. The following items shall be checked on a daily basis. If any abnormalities are found, please contact the NIO Service Center in a timely manner for relevant inspections.
Check that all exterior lights, horns, turn signals, and hazard warning lights work properly.
Check that the wipers and windshield washers work properly.
Check that the brakes work properly.
Check that the seat belts work properly.
Check if there are abnormally lit indicator lights or text warning messages on the instrument cluster and center display.
Check the tire pressure and check the tires for damage and abnormal wear.
Check if there is any abnormal accumulation of fluids under your vehicle body (water accumulation caused by dehumidification in the air conditioning system is normal).
When driving, pay attention to whether there are abnormal sounds such as bumps or impacts from the bottom of your vehicle body.
Check your vehicle body for any dirt (such as bird droppings, resin, asphalt spots, insects, and industrial dust) that may damage the paint. If there is any dirt, please clean your vehicle body according to the instructions. Refer to "Exterior Cleaning and Maintenance".
Check for any dirt in the roof LiDAR area, high-definition camera area, and 360 surround-view camera area. If there is any dirt, please clean those areas according to the instructions. Refer to Exterior Cleaning and Maintenance.
Replace the smart key battery according to the prompts on the center display of your vehicle.
Regular Maintenance
When driving in normal driving conditions, please go to the NIO Service Center for vehicle maintenance according to the following maintenance items and intervals:
Gearbox oil: Replace every 200,000 kilometers.
Brake fluid: Replace every 3 years.
Coolant: Check the coolant at the latest in the 5th year or at 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace it if necessary.
If the coolant is not replaced, check the coolant every 2 years or 40,000 kilometers (whichever comes first) and replace it if necessary. If the coolant is replaced, check the new coolant in the 5th year or at 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace it if necessary.
When your vehicle is used in extremely cold (below -30 ° C) climates, check the coolant and replace it if necessary.
Brake pads: At the latest in the 5th year or at 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), check your brake pads for wear and replace them if necessary.
If the brake pads are not replaced, check the brake pads every 2 years or 40,000 kilometers (whichever comes first) and replace them if necessary. If the brake pads are replaced, check the new brake pads for wear in the 5th year or at 100,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace them if necessary.
Brake discs: At the latest, check your brake discs for wear and replace them if necessary in the 10th year or at 200,000 kilometers (whichever comes first).
If the brake discs are not replaced, check the brake discs every 2 years or 40,000 kilometers (whichever comes first) and replace them if necessary. If the brake discs are replaced, check the new brake discs for wear in the 10th year or at 200,000 kilometers (whichever comes first), and replace them if necessary.
Note上述”必要时“是指检测结果不满足蔚来汽车技术标准。
The above "when necessary" refers to when test results do not meet the requirements of NIO technical standards.
Irregular Maintenance
It is recommended to go to the NIO Service Center for the following maintenance when needed based on the conditions of your vehicle and the prompts on the center display:
Check the wiper blades for aging and scraping, and replace them if necessary.
Check the air filter according to the prompts on the center display of your vehicle and replace it if necessary.
Replace the 12V battery according to the prompts on the center display of your vehicle.
In cold regions, it is recommended to clean and lubricate the calipers annually or every 20,000 kilometers.
Note上述”必要时“是指检测结果不满足蔚来汽车技术标准。
The above "when necessary" refers to when test results do not meet the requirements of NIO technical standards.
It is recommended to go to NIO Service Center for a comprehensive vehicle health check when needed based on the usage environment and condition of your vehicle.
Special Maintenance
If your vehicle is frequently driven in the following harsh environments, additional maintenance items or shorter maintenance intervals may be required. For specifics, please contact the NIO Service Center.
Driving in a dusty environment.
Driving in harsh cold (below -20 ℃) or high temperature (above 40 ℃) environments.
Driving in humid environments or frequently wading in water.
Driving on roads with high salt content or corrosive materials.
Frequent braking or driving in mountainous areas.
Often used for special purposes such as high loads.
Retrofitted or modified for special purposes.
Front Wiper Blade Replacement
The front wipers can remove rain and stains from the windshield (when used with windshield washer fluid). After cleaned by the wipers, if the windshield becomes blurred or shows visible water marks, which in turn affects the driver’s vision and does not disappear, please replace the wiper blades promptly.
The procedure to replace the front wiper blades is as follows:
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving > Service Position to move the front wipers to the service position.
When the front wipers move to the replacement position, they can be lifted up. Press and hold the lock button on the front wiper blade and slide the blade down perpendicular to the wiper arm to remove the wiper blade.
Insert the new wiper blade until you hear a click sound to confirm that the front wiper blade is securely installed.
To add windshield washer fluid, open the hood. If necessary, please contact the NIO Service Center for assistance, so as to avoid injuries resulting from accidental contact with high-voltage components.
Windshield washer fluid is flammable and irritating. When using it, please avoid open flames or in contact with body parts.
Windshield washer fluid may damage your vehicle light cover. Please prevent the windshield washer fluid from coming into contact with the light cover.
Do not add coolant to the windshield washer fluid. Otherwise, it may damage the windshield washer system and paint.
Windshield washer fluid is used to maintain good visibility through the windshield. The procedure to refill the windshield washer fluid is as follows:
Pull the hood handle cover in the cabin twice to unlatch the hood.
Lift the hood.
Open the windshield washer fluid container cap and refill an appropriate amount of washer fluid.
Caution加注风窗洗涤液时请对准壶口,缓慢加注;若洗涤液不慎洒落请及时擦拭干净。
When topping up the windshield washer fluid, please fill the reservoir carefully to avoid spilling and wipe up any spills immediately.
After refilling the fluid, tighten the cap. When closing the hood, hold the hood with your hands and lower it to an appropriate angle. Then, push the hood down firmly until it is completely closed.
Caution请勿直接猛力关闭前盖或使其自由落下。
Do not close the hood forcefully or allow it to fall freely.
Please add appropriate windshield washer fluid according to the outdoor temperature. In cold weather, please use washer fluid containing antifreeze to avoid reducing the visibility through the windshield.
When using concentrated windshield washer fluid, please follow the manufacturer's instructions to dilute it with water.
Do not add water to the ready-to-use windshield washer fluid, or it may cause the washer fluid to freeze and damage the washer fluid reservoir and other components of the washer system.
When the weather is very cold, it is recommended to add washer fluid to three-quarters of the reservoir to prevent the washer fluid from freezing and expanding, which can damage the washer fluid reservoir.
Do not add formulated windshield washer fluid containing waterproofing agent or insect-stain removal washer fluid, or it may cause streaks, stains, squeaks, or other noises during wiping.
Coolant Refill
Warning添加冷却液需打开前盖,请联系服务中心进行操作,以免意外触及高压部件造成人身伤害。
To avoid the risk of high voltage electric shock when opening the hood, please contact NIO to top up the vehicle’s coolant.
The coolant allows the vehicle power system to operate within an appropriate temperature range. The procedure to refill coolant is as follows:
Pull the hood handle cover in the cabin twice to unlatch the hood.
Lift the hood.
Open the coolant cap and add an appropriate amount of coolant (above the MIN and below the MAX indicators).
Close the coolant cap tightly. When closing the hood, hold the hood with your hands and lower it to an appropriate angle. Then, push the hood down firmly until it is completely closed.
Caution请勿直接猛力关闭前盖或使其自由落下。
Do not slam or drop the hood.
Brake Fluid Refill
Warning添加制动液需打开前盖,请联系服务中心进行操作,以免意外触及高压部件造成人身伤害。
To avoid the risk of high voltage electric shock when opening the hood, please contact NIO to top up the vehicle’s brake fluid.
Brake fluid is the medium for transmitting brake pressure in the hydraulic brake system. The procedure to refill brake fluid is as follows:
Pull the hood handle cover in the cabin twice to unlatch the hood.
Lift the hood.
Open the brake fluid cap and add an appropriate amount of brake fluid (above the MIN and below the MAX indicators).
Close the brake fluid cap tightly. When closing the hood, hold the hood with your hands and lower it to an appropriate angle. Then, push the hood down firmly until it is completely closed.
Caution请勿直接猛力关闭前盖或使其自由落下。
Do not slam or drop the hood.
Tire Inspection and Maintenance
Do not drive on damaged, over-worn, or incorrectly inflated tires. For driving safety, please check the tires on a regular basis:
Inspect the tires frequently for damage (punctures, cuts, tears, and bulges), and remove foreign matter embedded in the tire tread.
A puncture will cause the tire to lose pressure, so it’s important to check the tire pressure frequently. Repair or replace punctured or damaged tires as soon as possible. If you feel sudden shaking or bumps while driving, or suspect that the tires are damaged, slow down immediately while avoiding heavy braking or sudden steering. Stop after confirming that it is safe, and then contact the NIO Service Center for assistance immediately.
If the tire valve dust cap is lost, please replace it as soon as possible.
Keep the tires away from oil, grease or fuel.
Always store wheels in a cool, dry and dark place. Separate tires that are not on wheels should be stored upright.
Do not store summer tires or park a vehicle with summer tires in ambient temperatures below -15 °C.
Check the tread pattern for wear marks on a regular basis, especially before and after long drives. If the tire is worn down to 1.6mm or less, a wear mark will appear, by then the ground grip of the tire will be greatly reduced, and the tire will need to be replaced immediately to prevent the risk of an accident occurring.
For safety reasons, tires must be replaced if they show the following damage:
Damage such as cuts, splits, and cracks down to the carcass, and bulges that indicate inner ply damage.
Frequently leaks, or irreparable damage due to the size or location of the cut.
Punctures, bulges and damage to tire sidewalls.
Deformation or corrosion of tires caused by long-term parking.
If you are not sure, please consult the NIO Service Center.
Caution若轮胎磨损不均匀,建议您到服务中心进行轮胎动平衡检查。
If tire wear is uneven, we recommend that you contact NIO to have the tires checked for dynamic balancing.
In order to reduce tire wear and prolong the service life of the tires, the tires should be cared for according to your driving habits and road conditions:
New tires are in the run-in period during the first 500 kilometers. Running in at a moderate speed and with a careful driving style will prolong the service life of the tires.
When passing a curb or similar sections of road, keep the wheels perpendicular to the curb as much as possible, and drive slowly.
Hard impacts of the tires against curbs or objects with sharp edges, such as rocks, can cause imperceptible tire damage that will add up in the future. Depending on the severity of the impact, it may damage the rim flange.
Turning too fast, over acceleration and hard braking will increase tire wear.
When passing through large potholes, speed bumps or obstacles, please slow down and be careful.
New tires, after they are replaced, must undergo a dynamic balance check.
If the vehicle cannot remain straight or keeps deviating while driving, please go to the NIO Service Center to check the wheel alignment parameters and make adjustments if necessary.
If the rear tires have less wear than the front tires, then swap the front and rear tires as needed. It is recommended to swap the front and rear tires every 10,000 km.
Brake Pad and Disc Inspection and Maintenance
Please depress the brake pedal occasionally when driving on rainy days or on ice- and snow-covered roads so that the heat generated by friction can make the brake pads warm and dry. The same shall be done when you drive in extremely wet or cold weather.
After having your vehicle cleaned, dry the brake for a short time to avoid impacting the braking effect and prevent the brake disc from rusting.
Because the wear condition of brake pads and brake discs depends largely on your driving style and service conditions, it is impossible to determine the wear condition in terms of actual driving mileage.
This high performance braking system is used to achieve comprehensive and excellent braking effects at various vehicle speeds and temperatures. Therefore, in certain vehicle speed, braking force and environment conditions (such as temperature and humidity), the brake may make a sharp noise.
New and replaced brake pads and brake discs can provide the best braking effect after a "running-in" period of at least 500 kilometers. During the running-in period, you need to depress the brake pedal harder to compensate for the reduced braking effect.
Air Filter Inspection and Maintenance
After replacing the air filter, go to the Comfort settings interface from the bottom of the center display, and tap Air Filter Life Timer to reset the filter element service life timer. This estimated service life is for reference only because the actual service life depends on the environment and other factors. Replace it when needed.
Make sure to keep the grille shutter of the air conditioner clear of any obstructions (such as leaves and snow) before driving.
12V Battery Maintenance
The 12V battery is mainly used to supply the 12V power sockets for the starting and electrical equipment of the vehicle. It is located under the hood. To extend the service life of the 12V battery, please keep a sufficient battery level.
Warning 低压电池电解液具有腐蚀性,若不慎入眼或皮肤,请立即使用大量水冲洗并送医。
If the 12V battery is leaking or swelling, please contact NIO immediately. If the electrolyte comes in contact with eyes or skin, please rinse the eyes or skin with running water and seek medical attention immediately.
If the 12V battery is severely drained (e.g. having been left unused for a long time), please contact NIO for assistance and do not replace it yourself.
Before leaving the vehicle, please ensure that all electric systems, such as lights and the media center, are turned off, and park the vehicle in a cool and dry place.
Caution断开并重新连接低压电池后,车窗自动升降及防夹功能将不可用。
After the 12V battery is disconnected and reconnected, the automatic lifting and anti-pinch features of the window will be temporarily unavailable.
High-voltage Battery Maintenance and Recycling
High-voltage Battery Maintenance
The high-voltage battery is an important driving part of the vehicle. Please pay attention to the following precautions when using it:
Parking the vehicle in an environment with excessively high or low temperature will directly affect the service life of the high-voltage battery. Do not park the vehicle in such an environment for an extended period of time (more than 8 hours).
Do not park the vehicle in a place with high temperature or a heat source to avoid accidental fire.
The vehicle should be parked in a dry place. Try to avoid parking in damp or watery parking spaces.
It is recommended not to stay in deep water for a long time (preferably not exceeding the battery base plate) when the vehicle is wading, as it may cause damage to the high-voltage components of the vehicle.
Avoid frequent use of high-power DC fast charging to charge the vehicle, as it will affect the service life of the high-voltage battery.
If the vehicle will not be used for a long time, ensure that the battery level of high-voltage battery is above 50% (displayed on the digital instrument cluster) and park the vehicle in a cool and dry place to avoid affecting the service life of the high-voltage battery. It is recommended to check the battery level every week and use the vehicle once a month.
Please follow the instructions and use a charging device that complies with the charging specifications to properly charge the vehicle.
When driving on a road with bumps, gravel, or protruding obstacles, please drive slowly or try to avoid the obstacles to prevent harm to the vehicle chassis or high-voltage battery pack. If the vehicle body bottom is bumped or a bumping sound is heard, please contact a NIO Service Center immediately for safety inspection of chassis and high-voltage battery pack.
Warning动力电池属高压部件,请勿私自触碰、移动、拆解动力电池及其相应线路,以免发生人身伤害。
The high voltage battery operates at a high voltage. Do not touch, move, or disassemble the high voltage battery or its circuit without authorization. Doing so may result in injury.
Please be sure to charge the vehicle within 24 hours when the remaining driving range is at zero. During this time, the charging speed will be limited until the battery level reaches 50%. Failure to charge the vehicle within 72 hours may cause irreversible damage to the high voltage battery.
Recycling of High-voltage Battery
Waste high-voltage batteries need to be properly recycled. In the process of vehicle maintenance, the high-voltage batteries that meet the following conditions are deemed to require recycling:
During the maintenance of high-voltage battery in a NIO Service Center, battery capacity and state are inspected. For batteries that shall be recycled according to the provisions of relevant laws and regulations, NIO shall assume the entity responsibility and recycle them according to the market conditions at that time.
In other circumstances, if it is determined that a battery can no longer be utilized but it is in good condition, it will be recycled and put to degraded use after minimal repair.
If a battery has a major flaw or damage, and cannot be put into degraded use, it will enter the recycling process.
Caution请勿随意处理或丢弃废旧动力电池,以免对环境造成严重污染。
Do not casually dispose of the high voltage battery, as it can cause severe environmental damage.
Vehicles, vehicle parts and batteries must be disposed of using authorized recycling companies. They must not be disposed of in general household waste or sent to landfill as this can cause severe environmental damage. Please see the NIO website for details.
This symbol on the battery means that this product must not be treated as household waste.
The recycling process of high-voltage battery is as follows: NIO or a third-party recycling agency designated by NIO will perform recycling and subsequent treatment.
Do not use fuses with a nominal current higher than the rated current. Only replace the blown fuse with a fuse of the same nominal current and size.
No.
Rated value
Description
DCDC
450A
DC/DC converter
UEC POWER
200A
Underhood electrical box
IEC POWER
200A
Instrument panel fuse box
TEC POWER
200A
Trunk Fuse Box
EPS1 POWER
125A
Electric power steering gear
EPS2 POWER
125A
Electric power steering gear
Exterior Cleaning and Maintenance
Regular cleaning and waxing of your vehicle can protect it from damage caused by the external environment. The interval to wash and wax your vehicle depends on the frequency of use, parking conditions of your vehicle (in garage, under trees, or in direct sunlight, etc.), and weather conditions.
The deposition of bird droppings, insect residues, resins, industrial dust, tar lumps, coal cinders, and other deposits on the body paintwork and roof will cause damage to the surface of your vehicle's paint, headlights, and taillights. If your vehicle is exposed to high temperature and strong light, the corrosion of the paintwork of your vehicle will be exacerbated. Therefore, it may be necessary to wash your vehicle once a week. When washing, please soak the dirt with enough water first and then remove it.
When washing and waxing the vehicle, use special-purpose cleaning and maintenance products. Check that the products are not expired and be sure to store them out of reach of children after use.
Manual Wash
When manually washing your vehicle, first use enough water to moisten the exterior surface of your vehicle and rinse off as much dirt as possible. Then, clean your vehicle carefully from the top down using a soft sponge, cloth, or soft brush. If there is dirt that is difficult to remove, a cleaning agent can be used. If there is a lot of dirt on the sponge or cloth, replacing it with a new cleaning sponge is recommended. After cleaning your vehicle, rinse it thoroughly with water and wipe it clean with a towel. After the winter salt spraying period ends, the bottom of your vehicle needs to be thoroughly washed.
To protect the environment, please wash your vehicle on a dedicated washing platform. If this equipment is not available, you need to choose a suitable place to wash your vehicle.
To facilitate your vehicle washing operation, you can go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Driving and Parking > Wash Mode, where you can choose the opening and closing of the doors, windows, rear trunk, and charge port, and unlock the settings, wipers, and door handles to reduce damage to your vehicle components while the vehicle is washed.
Note请勿在阳光直射处清洗车辆,否则会有损伤油漆的风险。
Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight as this may damage the surface of the paint, headlights, and taillights.
When washing the vehicle with a hose in winter, do not aim directly at the outer door handles, charge port, and the seams around doors and the sunroof. Otherwise, these parts may be frozen in place.
Do not use coarse sponges or corrosive cleaning agents to wash the vehicle to avoid damaging the surface of the paint.
Do not wash the vehicle with water above 60 °C.
Do not use a dry cloth or sponge to clean the headlights. Use only water or soapy water.
Automatic Wash
Your vehicle can be washed in automatic vehicle washing equipment. However, the structure and filter of the vehicle washing equipment and the type of cleaning agent and maintenance agent can have an impact on the body paintwork. If the paintwork of your vehicle is dull or even scratched after washing, please notify the operator of the vehicle washing equipment immediately. If necessary, the vehicle washing equipment shall be replaced.
Before the automatic vehicle wash of your vehicle is performed, all the doors and windows shall be closed, the automatic wipers shall be turned off, and the side mirrors shall be folded. At the same time, the operator of the vehicle washing equipment shall be informed in advance that your vehicle is equipped with a roof rack, a radio antenna, etc.
You can go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Driving and Parking > Wash Mode, where you can choose the opening and closing of the doors, windows, rear trunk, and charge port, and unlock the settings, wipers, and door handles to reduce damage to your vehicle components while the vehicle is washed.
Caution 车辆进行自动洗车前,请在中控屏应用程序中心,点击。
Before your vehicle undergoes an automatic vehicle wash, please switch to Neutral gear (N gear). Go to the Settings interface from the control bar at the bottom of the center display and tap Driving and Parking > N (NEUTRAL).
High Pressure Wash
When using a high pressure washing machine to wash your vehicle, always follow the operating instructions, and, in particular, maintain a sufficient distance between the spraying nozzle and the paintwork or soft materials (such as rubber hoses or sound insulation materials). It is recommended that the distance is more than 500 mm, the pressure is below 100 bar, and the maximum temperature is 60 ℃. When rinsing, try to make the jet perpendicular to the surface of your vehicle as much as possible. If these requirements are not satisfied, your vehicle components may be damaged or water droplets may flow into your vehicle.
Never use a circular or rotating nozzle, especially when washing tires. Even if the spraying distance is large and the rinsing time is short, the tires may be damaged.
Never use a high pressure washing machine to rinse your vehicle nameplate and the gaps at the edges and corners of the door glass.
Polishing and Waxing
A high quality wax layer can effectively protect your vehicle's paintwork from environmental influences and even prevent minor scratches. When water droplets no longer roll off smoothly on the cleaned body paintwork, a layer of high quality hard wax curing agent shall be applied immediately. If cleaning and curing agents are applied regularly, applying hard wax at least twice a year is recommended to protect the body paintwork.
Polishing is only necessary when the body paintwork has lost its gloss and the waxing cannot restore its glossy appearance. Do not polish components coated with matte paint or plastic parts.
Wiper Blades
Wash in warm soapy water. Do not use cleaning agents derived from alcohol or petroleum products.
Windows and Side Mirrors
Clean the inner and outer surfaces of all the windows regularly with glass cleaning agents.
Clean the inner surface of the rear windshield with a soft cloth and wipe it horizontally. Do not scratch the glass or use abrasive cleaning agents to avoid damaging the heating element.
Wash the side mirrors with soapy water. Do not use abrasive cleaners to avoid damaging the lens.
Plastic Parts
Plastic parts shall be cleaned through conventional cleaning methods. If the stains cannot be removed, only solvent-free special cleaning agents for plastic parts can be used. Otherwise, the plastic parts may be corroded.
Chromium-plated Parts
Chromium-plated parts can be cleaned with a damp cloth and then polished with a soft dry cloth. If the effect is not good enough, chromium care agents can be used. When using chromium care agents, make sure to cover the entire surface evenly and completely. Do not clean and polish chrome-plated surfaces in dusty and sandy environments.
Wheels
To maintain the glossy appearance of the aluminum alloy wheel rims for a long time, you need to perform regular maintenance on the wheels. It is recommended to clean them every two weeks to prevent fine abrasive particles, dirt, or salt particles that fall after the vehicle brakes from adhering to them. Otherwise, the aluminum alloy may be corroded. After cleaning the wheels, apply an acid- and alkali-free cleaning agent designed specifically for aluminum alloy wheels. Apply hard wax to the wheels every three months. If the protective paint layer is damaged due to being struck by a stone or other reasons, it must be repaired immediately and no body paintwork polish or other polishing materials shall be used.
Severe dirt layers on the wheels can also lead to a wheel imbalance. This will be reflected through wheel vibrations, which will be transmitted to the steering wheel. In some cases, this may cause premature wear of the steering gear. Therefore, wheels covered in dirt shall be cleaned regularly.
Bottom Plate Protection
The bottom of your vehicle has been treated to prevent chemical and mechanical damage. However, damage to the protective layer is inevitable during driving. It is recommended to inspect the protective layer on the bottom and chassis of your vehicle at regular intervals, preferably before winter and in spring, and perform repairs if necessary.
External Area of Radar
The external area of the radar can be cleaned manually with a flannelet soaked with a proper amount of water or neutral cleaning solution.
In case of snow or ice, it is necessary to first clean the external area of the radar from ice and snow, and then wipe it with a flannelet or air dry it.
When using a high pressure washing machine to wash your vehicle, do not rinse the external area of the radar directly to prevent damage.
Please be careful not to pollute or damage the sensors on the front/rear bumper when maintaining your vehicle.
Do not apply film, wax, or coat in the external area of the LiDAR. Otherwise, the sensing performance of the LiDAR will be affected.
Interior Cleaning and Maintenance
Regularly clean the interior with cleaners or conditioners to maintain the interior appearance. Before using any cleaners, vacuum the interior first.
Some dyes (such as from dark-washed jeans or sheepskin clothing) may stain the interior materials. When this happens, clean the stained surface as soon as possible.
Do not use strong solvents such as cleaning fluids, petrol or petroleum solvents which may damage the interior materials.
Do not spray cleaners directly on electronic buttons, switches or parts. Wipe stains with a soft cloth dampened with cleaning fluid.
Sharp objects may damage the fabric interior.
Fabric Interior
Only use specialized cleaners, dry foam, and a soft brush to clean the fabric materials on the doors, rear trunk, roof, and other areas.
Leather Interior
You can use a slightly wet cotton or woolen cloth, or a cleaning cloth to clean common dirt on the leather interior. You can use a cloth dipped in mild car shampoo to clean stubborn oil stains. Make sure that the leather material is not fully wet and prevent water from seeping through the stitching. Any remaining water on the leather surface should be quickly wiped off with a soft dry cloth. Stains from ballpoint pens, ink, lipsticks, shoe polish, and other substances on leather surfaces should be removed as soon as possible. We recommend you use a 100% pure polyurethane foam sponge for cleaning Nappa leather.
We recommend limiting the use of leather care products as much as possible, no more than twice a year for light-colored leather and no more than once a year for dark-colored leather.
Note不可用含溶剂的清洁剂清洁仪表板、气囊饰盖或皮革制品
Do not use cleaning solvents to clean the instrument panel, air bag covers, or leather interior.
To avoid leather fading, do not leave the vehicle under strong sunlight for long periods of time. If you need to park the vehicle under strong sunlight, please cover all leather material.
Sharp objects on clothes such as zips, rivets, and sharp buckles may leave marks or dents on the leather.
Avoid drinking coffee or using sunscreen in vehicles with a Nappa leather interior. Remove coffee or sunscreen stains on Nappa leather with mild soapy water as soon as possible.
Do not spray formaldehyde cleaners on leather. Doing so may leave white spots on genuine leather which are difficult to remove.
Seat Belts
Only use mild car shampoo to clean the seat belts. Do not remove the seat belts from the vehicle. Allow the belts to dry fully while extended.
Protective Films
Color-Changing Film/Transparent Film
When installing a color-changing or transparent film, make sure to avoid areas around the surround-view cameras, HD cameras, ultrasonic radars, and LiDAR radars to prevent interference with the advanced driver assistance system features.
Side Window Film
Do not install the side window film too close to the edge of the window. Leave a small gap to prevent the curling caused by the lifting and lowering of the window.
Front Windshield Film
The original front windshield of NIO electric vehicles has good thermal insulation and ultraviolet blocking performance. We do not recommend to install a film on it.
If you still want to install a film, you should prevent installation liquid from seeping into the area below the instrument panel. This will cause failure of electrical components inside the instrument panel.
Rear Windshield Film
The original rear windshield of NIO electric vehicles has good thermal insulation and ultraviolet blocking performance. We do not recommend to install a film on it.
If you still want to install a film on the rear windshield, be sure to:
Thoroughly remove water when applying the film to avoid causing excessive glare on the windshield at night.
Prevent excessive installation liquid from seeping into the rear cover, which will cause short circuit in the audio system.
Caution对于车辆信号发射和接收区域,贴膜时应避开此区域,以防影响部分系统的正常工作。
Avoid the signal emission and reception areas when installing the film in order not to affect the normal operation of some systems.
After the installation of the sunroof insulation protection film, avoid exposure to sunlight within 3 hours, do not wash your vehicle within 24 hours, and do not exceed 80 km/h while driving.
Do not raise or lower the window or wipe the inside of the glass with force within 7-10 days after the installation of the side shield film.
Do not activate the rear windshield defogging feature within 30 days after the installation of the rear windshield film.
The rear windshield film may have an impact on the auto-dimming feature of the rearview mirror.
Avoid scratching the film area with hard objects during daily use and when washing the vehicle.
Application of Antibacterial Product
Haptex
Haptex synthetic leather with antibacterial properties by means of a functional layer is based on Biomaster AT300 (active ingredient silver chloride CAS-Nr. 7783-90-6) for use in automotive interior parts (e.g. seats, IP, CNSL, and pillars) cladding: Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria (e.g. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to GB/T 31402 or ISO 22196). No additional precautions need to be taken when the driver and passengers use the vehicle normally.
PVC
PVC synthetic leather with antibacterial properties is based on SILVADUR™ 960 Flex Antimicrobial, a polymeric system incorporating a silver ion antimicrobial agent (active ingredient CAS-Nr. 7761-88-8) for use in automotive interior parts (e.g. partial second-row seats) cladding: Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria (e.g. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to ISO 22196). No additional precautions need to be taken when the driver and passengers use the vehicle normally.
Fabric
Fabric with antibacterial properties is based on SILVADUR™ 960 Flex Antimicrobial, a polymeric system incorporating a silver ion antimicrobial agent (active ingredient CAS-Nr. 7761-88-8) for use in parcel shelves: Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria (e.g. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to GB/T 20944). No additional precautions need to be taken when the driver and passengers use the vehicle normally.
Steering Wheel Leather
Artificial leather with antibacterial properties by means of a functional layer is based on Laedana® (active ingredient silver adsorbed on silicon dioxide as a nanomaterial in the form of a stable aggregate with primary particles in the nanoscale) for use in the steering wheel surface cover: Antimicrobial product protection against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria (e.g. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli according to GB/T 31402 or ISO 22196). No additional precautions need to be taken when the driver and passengers use the vehicle normally.
Filter
microAir pro Tect line/microAir blue with surface disinfection properties by means of a functional filter layer based on fruit extract (active ingredient CAS-Nr. 77-92-9 and/or 5949-29-1) for use in air handling/air conditioning systems: Bacteriostatic and fungistatic surface disinfection properties against a multitude of gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria, yeast, and fungi, as well as viral surface disinfection properties (excellent antiviral efficacy for influenza virus H1N1 and coronavirus HCoV 229E according to ISO 18184:2019) to prevent virus shedding/viral re-aerosolization. No additional precautions need to be taken when placing the filter on the market.
Evaporator Core & Inner Condenser Coating
URD Coating is a hydrophilic chemical that contains biocidal products. The evaporator and IC could be protected by the hydrophilic coating, with antimicrobial properties by means of a functional layer based on active substances TBZ (CAS:148-79-8), SPT (CAS:3811-73-2), ZPT (CAS:13463-41-7), and/or OIT (CAS:26530-20-1). The coating shows great antimildew properties for Aspergillus Niger, Penicillium sp., and antibacterial properties for Escherichia coli and Staphylococcus aureus according to GB 21551.2. No additional precautions need to be taken when placing the evaporator and inner condenser on the market.
ET7 Information
Vehicle manufacturer
NIO
NIO hotline
Refer to the contact table
NIO official website
Refer to the contact table
You can find the vehicle certification label in the lower area of the right rear B-pillar.
Vehicle brand label:
Instrument Cluster and Controls
1. Electronic switches on interior door handles
8. Control panel for emergency calls and reading lights
2. Control panel for windows
9. NOMI
3. Steering wheel buttons - left
10. Center display
4. Light control lever for turn signals and headlights
11. Gear selector and center console control panel
5. Digital instrument cluster
12. Wireless charging pad
6. Steering wheel buttons - right
13. Accelerator pedal
7. Wiper and washer control lever
14. Brake pedal
Warning Sign Information
No.
Name
Warning Sign
Description
1
High voltage electricity warning sign
Danger! Do not touch high voltage components.
2
High voltage component warning sign 1
High voltage components. Danger! Do not touch high voltage components without wearing protective equipment to avoid electric shock.
3
High voltage component warning sign 2
High voltage components. Danger! Do not touch high voltage components without wearing protective equipment to avoid electric shock and burns.
4
High voltage battery pack warning sign
Cautions for using the high voltage battery pack
5
High voltage cable warning sign
High voltage components are connected with orange high voltage harnesses. Do not touch high voltage components without wearing protective equipment.
6
Mutual compatibility identifiers used for charging the car
Mutual compatibility identifiers to guide you charging the car are found in the car’s charging port. When selecting the charging gun, you must make sure the identifier on the charging gun equals one of the identifiers found in the car’s charging port, either C, K or L.Voltage ranges related to those identifiers are as follows:
C: AC ≤ 480V
K: DC 50V to 500V
L: DC 200V to 920V
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is stamped on the floor under the front passenger seat.
You can also find the VIN in the following locations:
Underside of the hood
Upper area at the end of the front driving motor
Left side of the instrument panel beam
Lower-left area of the front windshield
Lower area of the right B-pillar
Lower area of the right rear door frame
Upper area at the end of the rear motor
Upper side of the rear floor
Right side of the liftgate
You can also read the VIN from diagnostic instruments that pair with the vehicle (safety module diagnosis tool BD2):
Connect the diagnostic instrument to the diagnostic interface of the vehicle and turn it on.
Start the diagnostic program and log in to the diagnostic instrument interface.
The diagnostic instrument automatically reads and displays the VIN on the interface of the diagnostic instrument.
There is a radio frequency identification device (RFID) at the front windshield of the vehicle. You can install your ETC device here.
Driving Motor Identification Labels
The front driving motor identification label is located on the lower side of the motor.
The rear driving motor identification label is located on the lower side of the motor.
Recommended Fluids and Capacities
Item
Model
Capacity
Brake fluid
DOT4
0.75L
Coolant
-40 °C OAT (glycol aqueous solution with inhibitor)
14L (100 kWh)
14.25L (75 kWh)
Refrigerant
R1234yf
1,000g
Windshield washer fluid
Freezing point < -30 °C
3L
Gear box oil
Castrol BOT350M3
1L (front) 1.6L (rear)
Powertrain Information
High Voltage DC Converter Integrated Component
Emergency High Voltage Cutoff Plug
Airbags
Side Curtain Airbag Cylinder
Structural Reinforcement
Curtain Airbags
Charge Port
Driving Motor
High Voltage Heater for Climate Control
High Voltage Battery
Rear High Voltage Power Distribution Box
12V Battery
Airbag Control Unit
High Pressure Air Pump
High Pressure Air Tank
A/C Compressor
Air Suspension
Seat Belt Pretensioner
Europe charging control unit
High Voltage Battery
The vehicle is equipped with a 350V lithium-ion high voltage battery. Do not damage it when lifting from under the vehicle. When using rescue tools, please take special care to avoid breaking the underbody.
Warning高压电池警告
Before repairing, disassembling, and installing high-voltage components, it is necessary to disconnect the power supply and confirm that the emergency power cut-off switch and 12V power supplies are disconnected. After disconnecting the power, let your vehicle stand still for more than 5 minutes.
Personnel without corresponding qualifications are prohibited from operating high-voltage components. Operators must wear insulated protective equipment such as insulated gloves that meet the requirements. They are not allowed to carry or wear any metal items.
Driving Motor
The driving system powers the vehicle by converting the direct current from the high voltage battery into mechanical torque which is distributed to the four wheels. In addition, it can also recover kinetic energy to charge the high voltage battery and operate to turn the drive shafts backward. The driving system consists of two driving motors. The front motor is mounted on the front subframe, and the rear motor is mounted on the rear subframe.
12V Battery
The 12V battery powers the Supplemental Restrgint System, windows, locks, touchscreen and vehicle lighting.
Airbags
The airbag system includes front airbags and side airbags. The front airbags include front head airbags that are located in the steering wheel and at the instrument panel of the passenger side. The side airbags include front side airbags (located on the outside of the front seats) and curtain airbags (located on the headliner from the A pillar to C pillar on both sides). The locations of the airbags are labeled with "AIRBAG".
Air Suspension High Pressure Tank
The high-pressure air tank is mounted at the rear of the vehicle body using a rubber-wrapped bracket. The air tank generates sufficient air for the suspension system. The ride height is adjusted by adjusting the air pressure of the system.
Vehicle Dimensions
Item
Value
Length A (mm)
5101
Width B (mm) (excluding side mirrors)
1987
Height C (mm)
1509
Wheel Base D (mm)
3060
Front Track E (mm)
1668
Rear Track F (mm)
1672
Front Overhang G (mm)
916
Rear Overhang H (mm)
1125
Ground Clearance (mm)
128
Approach Angle
14° at curb weight
13° at full load
Departure Angle
17° at curb weight
16° at full load
Seats
5
Mass Parameters
Item
75kwh
100kwh
Unladen mass (kg)
2359
2379
Mass of vehicle with bodywork in running order (including coolant, oil, fuel, tools, spare wheel and driver) (kg)
2434
2454
Distribution of this mass among the axles (kg)
Front Axle:
1205
1215
Rear Axle:
1229
1239
Technically permissible maximum laden mass stated by the manufacturer (kg)
2900
2900
Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or center-axle trailer, load on the coupling point (kg)
Front Axle:
1317
1317
Rear Axle:
1583
1583
Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle (kg)
Front Axle:
1400
1400
Rear Axle:
1695
1695
CautionWhen a trailer is installed, it's still necessary to ensure that: -NT2
When a trailer is installed, it's still necessary to ensure that:
Technically permissible maximum laden mass no more than 2900kg;
Technically permissible maximum mass on Front Axle no more than 1400kg, and on Rear Axle no more than 1695kg.
Version
MRO [kg]
GVW [kg]
Payload when full occupancy [kg]
Payload when 2 people [kg]
Payload when 4 people [kg]
Coupling point mass [kg]
75kWh-5 Seat
2359
2900
166
391
241
75
100kWh-5 Seat
2379
2900
146
371
221
75
The chart is calculated according to 75kg per person as standard recommended, luggage is also calculated as 75kg.
Wheel and Tire Specifications
Item
Value
Specifications
245/50R19 105V XL
245/45R20 103Y XL
245/45R20 103V XL
255/40R21 103V XL
Tire Pressure (bar)
2.6 (no load)
Camber Angle
-0.5±0.5°
Total Front Camber Angle
0±0.5°
Front Toe Angle
0.3±0.2°
Total Front Toe Angle
0±0.05°
Front Caster Angle
4.6±0.5°
Total Front Caster Angle
0±0.5°
Rear Camber Angle
-1.3±0.5°
Total Rear Camber Angle
0±0.5°
Total Rear Toe Angle
0.2±0.2°
Approach Angle
0±0.15°
Steering Wheel Angle
0±3.5°
Front Track Height (mm)
420±5
Rear Track Height (mm)
417±5
Lug Nut Torque (N·m)
210
Note: Wheel specifications are subject to the vehicle configurations.
Tire Marks
The tire sidewalls are marked with all tire-related signs and features.
Product name
Maximum tire load and maximum allowable inflation pressure (which should not be used for normal driving)
Tire Size
For example, 245/45R20 means that the tire width is 245 mm and the aspect ratio is 45, R refers to the radial structure of the tire, and the wheel diameter is 20 inches.
Tire load index and rated speed
For example, 103 means that the tire load is 875 kg, 105 means that the tire load is 925kg.
Rated speed refers to the maximum speed at which the tire can operate for a long time, where Q=160 km/h, R=170 km/h, S=180 km/h, T=190 km/h, U=200 km/h, H=210 km/h, V=240 km/h, W=270 km/h, and Y=300 km/h.
Rated load mark
DOT tire identification number
After the letters DOT, the first 2 digits/letters represent the code of the factory where the tire was manufactured, the next 2 digits/letters represent the size of the tire, the next 4 digits/letters represent the type code of the tire, and the last 4 digits represent the year and the week when the tire was manufactured. For example, 1721 represents the 17th week of 2021. This information can be used to contact the consumer when a tire is defective and needs to be recalled.
Motor Parameters
Item
Value
Front
Rear
Type
Permanent magnet alternating current motor
Alternating current induction motor
Model
TZ180S001
YS300S001
Rated power/torque (kW/N·m)
70/150
60/120
Peak power/torque (kW/N·m)
180/350
300/500
Brake and Suspension Specs
Item
Numerical value
Thickness of brake pad (mm)
Front
Rear
2~9
2~11
Thickness of brake disc (mm)
Front
Rear
30~32
18~20
Rated working pressure of air suspension tank (bar)
Ternary lithium ion/lithium iron phosphate battery
Ternary lithium ion battery
Rated voltage (V)
3.73
3.74
3.73/3.22
3.65
Rated capacity (Ah)
276
137
237/192
100
High-voltage battery pack system
Rated voltage (V)
358
358
386
350
Rated capacity (Ah)
280
280
195
200
L x W x H (mm)
2,062x1,539x185.6
2,062x1,539x183.1
2,062x1,539x185.6
2,062x1,539x136
Number of cells in battery pack
96
192
118
192
Weight of battery pack (kg)
555
555
535
525
Tire Inflation
Warning使用胎压过低或过高的轮胎将会引发事故,造成人身伤亡。
Using underinflated or overinflated tires will increase the risk of accident and injury.
To ensure your safety while driving, please check the tire pressure regularly. When checking the tire pressure, make sure the tires are cold (the tire temperature is the same as the ambient temperature or the vehicle has not been moved for three hours after driving). The recommended cold tire inflation pressure label is located on the frame of the driver’s side door. If the tire is hot, the tire pressure is generally 0.3 bar higher than that of a cold tire.
Overinflation will affect your comfort while driving, damage tires, especially on rough roads, and cause blowouts in severe cases. This may lead to unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Underinflation will cause uneven tire wear, affect the vehicle handling, and result in abnormal energy consumption.
NoteSince the 21-inch tires of the vehicle are self-repairing tires, the vehicle can still continue to run within a certain speed range (120 km/h) when the puncture width is less than 5mm and the center display shows that the tire pressure is normal. Please contact NIO Service Center immediately for tire inspection or replacement if a tire puncture exceeds 5mm in width or the tire is severely damaged.
Since the 21-inch tires of the vehicle are self-repairing tires, the vehicle can still continue to run within a certain speed range (below 120 km/h) when the puncture width is less than 5 mm and the center display shows that the tire pressure is normal. However, self-repairing tires are not a long-term solution. If you notice any obvious tire leaks, punctures or serious damage, please contact NIO Service Center immediately for tire inspection or replacement.
You can inflate the tires with the tire inflator in the emergency kit. To inflate a flat tire:
Park the vehicle on a safe road, put on the reflective vest and set up the warning triangle properly.
Open the emergency kit cover in the trunk to take out the tire inflator.
Connect the inflation hose on the side of the tire inflator to the valve stem on the tire.
Connect the power plug of the tire inflator to the 12V power socket in the vehicle.
Make sure the vehicle is powered on, turn on the power switch of the tire inflator, and inflate the tire. When the tire pressure reaches 2.6 bar, turn off the tire inflator manually and disconnect it from the power socket.
After completing inflation, disconnect the inflator from the vehicle and stow it in the emergency kit.
Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS)
The vehicle is equipped with a direct tire pressure monitoring system (dTPMS). If the pressure or temperature of one or more tires is abnormal, the tire pressure warning indicator will light up on the digital instrument cluster along with the location of the faulty tire, alerting you to stop as soon as possible and check the tires, and to inflate/deflate the tires to the correct air pressure.
In the event of abnormal tire pressure or rapid air leakage, the tire pressure warning indicator will light up on the digital instrument cluster along with a “Beep” tone, alerting you to check the tires; if the Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) fails or the tire temperature exceeds the safe value, the tire pressure warning indicator will flash for 75 seconds and then stay on, along with a “Beep” tone. In this case, please stop the vehicle as soon as possible and contact the NIO Service Center immediately.
You can tap My ET7 > Health on the main page of the center display to check the current tire pressure detected by the Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS). If it shows that the current tire pressure is “--”, it means that no valid tire pressure value has been obtained. In such a case, drive at a speed above 25 km/h for 10 minutes and check again. If the tire pressure is too low, the tire is overheated or the Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) fails, the corresponding tire will be highlighted along with the specific fault information.
The Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) is based on tire temperature and atmospheric temperature. At high altitudes or in cold regions, you may need to inflate the tires to a slightly higher pressure to clear the low tire pressure warning message.
If radio transmitting devices (e.g., wireless headsets, walkie-talkies) are used in or near the vehicle, the operation of the Direct Tire Pressure Monitoring System (dTPMS) may be subject to interference.
Tire Chains
The vehicle does not come with tire chains, but you can purchase them. Please pay attention to the following points when using tire chains:
Improper tire chains can damage the tires, wheels, and brake system of the vehicle. Please carefully check the specifications of the original equipment (OE) tires and the relevant instructions provided by the tire chain manufacturer. Only the rear 19-inch and 20-inch original equipment (OE) tires are suitable for tire chains. Tires chains are not recommended on other tires.
Do not drive over 50 km/h or the speed limit specified by the tire chain manufacturer (whichever is lower).
Drive carefully and slowly to avoid bumps, potholes, sharp turns, or wheel lock-up, which may impair the functionality of or cause damage to the vehicle.
To avoid tire damage and excessive tread wear, tire chains must be removed when driving on roads without snow.
AutoSock
Vehicle does not come with AutoSock, but you can purchase them separately. Please pay attention to the following points when using AutoSock:
Improper AutoSock can damage the tires, wheels, and brake system of the vehicle. Please carefully check the specifications of the original equipment (OE) tires and the relevant instructions provided by the AutoSock manufacturer. AutoSock can be used on all the four wheels of the vehicle.
AutoSock is only used on ice and snow. When driving onto dry roads (asphalt roads, cement roads, dirt roads, etc.), remove it immediately. AutoSock should be removed when the vehicle is parked.
When the vehicle starts, ice and snow particles on the ground may be thrown up due to the increased grip of AutoSock. Avoid standing at the rear of the vehicle.
No need to turn off the vehicle's electronic stability system when AutoSock is in use.
The speed of the vehicle must not exceed 50 km/h with AutoSock installed. Please also avoid sharp acceleration, braking, turning, and other aggressive operations, otherwise, there is a high risk of damage to AutoSock.
If any abnormal noise is heard during driving with AutoSock installed, stop the vehicle in a safe position and, while ensuring personal safety, check whether AutoSock is installed correctly.
When the black fabric in the bottom layer below the white road contact fabric is exposed, stop using AutoSock, and replace it with new ones.
AutoSock should not be used as direct substitutes for winter tires.
After use, dry AutoSock, place it in their original packaging, and store it in a dry place. Due to the ease of use of the material, AutoSock can be washed at room temperature to keep the road contact fabric clean but should not be ironed.
Winter Tires
The vehicle is configured with summer tires. In cold environments, tire performance is reduced, grip is reduced and susceptibility to impact damage is increased. High performance tires may temporarily stiffen in cold weather, and a rolling noise may be heard for the first few kilometers before the tires warm up. To have your vehicle perform optimally, using winter tires in winter is recommended. Please choose the applicable winter tires or stud tires according to the national laws in your country.
It is recommended to install winter tires for your vehicle when the ambient temperature is below 7 °C. The driving performance of summer tires will be reduced at low temperatures, and the comfort will also be reduced. For example, there may be rattling noises caused by the tires when maneuvering on dry and slippery surfaces, or when accelerating out of corners.
Extremely cold temperatures below -15 °C may cause permanent damage to summer tires.
Use winter tires of the same brand and tread pattern on all wheels to ensure safe maneuvering characteristics.
Tire Size
Load Index
245/50 R19
105
255/45 R20
103
255/40 R21
102
Caution冬季胎
The tires will be damaged if the vehicle speed is above the maximum speed rating. As a result, the tires are likely to burst. Please do not drive over the speed limit allowed by the tires.
Winter tires with a tread pattern depth of less than 4 millimeters must be replaced immediately. These tires are no longer suitable for winter because they cannot provide sufficient grip. As a result, you may lose control of the vehicle and potentially cause an accident.
Tire Repair
Warning若在轮胎穿刺漏气的情形下继续行驶车辆,容易发生爆胎事故,危及人身安全。
Do not drive with a punctured tire, as it may lead to a tire blowout and endanger your safety.
Tire sealant can irritate the eyes and skin. Keep out of reach of children. When using tire sealant, ignition, open flames, and smoking are prohibited.
If the tire sealant gets on the skin or in the eyes, rinse the affected part of the body off i immediately and thoroughly with plenty of water. Change soiled clothing immediately. Get medical attention immediately in the event of an allergic reaction. If sealant was swallowed, thoroughly rinse out the mouth without delay and drink plenty of water. Do not induce vomiting.
CautionBefore using tire sealant, please check the expiry date marked on the tire sealant tank to ensure that it is used before its expiry date. - 20 inch
Before using tire sealant, please check the expiry date marked on the tire sealant tank to ensure that it is used before its expiry date.
When the puncture width of a 20-inch tire is less than 6 mm, it is recommended to take out the puncturing object and repair the tire. If the puncture width is greater than 6 mm or the tire is even more seriously damaged, please do not continue to drive, and contact the NIO Service Center in a timely manner to replace the tire.
If the tire is repaired while the puncturing object is not taken out, the tire can make abnormal noises while driving after the repair, and air leakage may occur during long-distance driving.
If self-repairing tires or silent cotton tires are used, it is not recommended to repair tires with tire sealant. Please contact the NIO Service Center.
NoteSince the 21-inch tires of the vehicle are self-repairing tires, the vehicle can still continue to run within a certain speed range (120 km/h) when the puncture width is less than 5 mm and the center display shows that the tire pressure is normal. However, self-repairing tires cannot be used as permanent tire repair measures. If any tire is found to have a nail in it or is seriously damaged, please contact the NIO Service Center in a timely manner for tire inspection or replacement.
If the tires used on the vehicle are self-repairing tires, the vehicle can still continue to run within a certain speed range (below 120 km/h) when the puncture width is less than 5 mm and the center display shows that the tire pressure is normal. However, self-repairing tires cannot be used as permanent tire repair measures. If any tire is found to have a nail in it or is seriously damaged, please contact the NIO Service Center in a timely manner for tire inspection or replacement.
When repairing, please try to orient the tire so that the punctured spot is at the top of the tire.
Tire sealant can only be used to repair the tread area.
Park the vehicle safely on a flat and solid road as far away from traffic as possible and shift into PARK. After putting on the reflective vest, setting up the warning triangle and turning on the hazard warning lights, you can start repairing 19-inch and 20-inch tires with the tire sealant and tire inflator in the emergency kit:
Park the vehicle on a safe road and set up the warning triangle in an appropriate location.
Open the emergency kit in the trunk and take out the tire sealant canister and the tire inflator.
Remove the speed limit label from the tire sealant canister and place it on the steering wheel to remind yourself not to drive over 80 km/h.
Remove the dust cover on the tire inflator, turn the tire sealant canister upside down and slide it into the slot on the tire inflator. Connect the tire sealant canister to the wheel, remove the tire valve cap, and connect the tire sealant hose to the valve.
Connect the power plug of the tire inflator to the 12V power socket in the vehicle.
Make sure the vehicle is powered on, turn on the tire inflator and start to inject tire sealant into the tire. Observe the pressure gauge, and turn it off when the pointer reaches ≥2.2 bar (which will take around five to 10 minutes). Turn off the tire inflator and disconnect the power plug from the 12V power socket.
Note充气泵开始工作时,胎压指针可能会短暂最高指示至6bar, 随后压力恢复正常。
When the tire inflater begins operating, the pressure gauge will initially display a high pressure up to six bar, after which the pressure will drop to a normal range.
Remove the inflation hose of the tire inflator from the tire valve and stow it in the emergency kit.
Drive the vehicle 3 to 10 km (or about five to ten minutes) at under 80 km/h to evenly spread the tire sealant and plug the puncture.
Park the vehicle on a safe road, set up the warning triangle, and check the tire pressure readings on the center display. Continue driving if the tire pressure is ≥2.2 bar. Inflate the tire to ≥2.2 bar if the tire is under-inflated and drive the vehicle at a speed no higher than 80 km/h for 3 to 10 km (or around 5 to ten minutes). Check the tire pressure again. If the tire pressure is still below 2.2 bar which means the tire is severely damaged or the tire sealant cannot seal the tire, park the vehicle in a safe place and contact NIO immediately.
If the tire pressure cannot reach the designated range within 12 minutes during the tire repair process, this indicates severe damage. Please park your vehicle safely and call for assistance.
Repairing with tire sealant is only for temporary emergency processing. After repairing the tire, you can continue driving for up to 200 kilometers or 3 days. Please go to the nearest workshop as soon as possible to have the tire repaired and the tire sealant wiped dry.
After repairing the tire by using tire sealant, please contact the NIO Service Center for replacement of the inflation pump hose assembly.
Tire Replacement
If a tire cannot be repaired with tire sealant due to a severe leak, park the vehicle safely on a flat and solid road as far away from traffic as possible and shift into PARK. Put on the reflective vest, set up the warning triangle, turn on the hazard warning lights, and contact NIO for tire replacement.
When replacing a tire, the new tire must comply with the specifications of the original one. Using a tire with different specifications may affect the vehicle’s handling and result in a loss of vehicle control.
Never get underneath the vehicle when it is lifted on a jack as this may cause severe injury or even death.
Do not lift the vehicle when people are inside.
The vehicle can only be lifted at specified lift points on the vehicle's underside.
Do not place any object above or underneath the jack when it is lifting the vehicle.
Never use a jack to lift the vehicle on an uphill or downhill slope or on a roadway that slopes to one side.
Jacks should only be used to raise vehicles when changing tires.
Follow the instructions to replace the tire:
Prepare a jack and a spare tire of the correct specifications.
Place a stopper in front of the tire diagonal to the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from slipping.
Enter Settings from the bottom of the center display, and tap Driving > Jack Mode to maintain the suspension at the current height and avoid height changes during tire replacement.
Remove the lug cap with the removal tool in the emergency kit, and then turn the lug wrench counterclockwise to loosen the lug nuts.
Tire rims have a special protective coating. When removing or installing lug nuts, tires or rims, take reasonable precautions to protect the rim’s surface from accidental scratches caused by hard or sharp objects.
Make sure the jack is positioned correctly under the jack point. Failure to do so may damage the vehicle, or the vehicle may slip off the jack and cause injury.
Jack up the vehicle until the flat tire is sufficiently above the ground. When lifting the vehicle, ensure the jack is properly positioned.
Remove the lug nuts and change the flat tire. When mounting the new tire, ensure the lug nuts are aligned with the mounting holes and the metal surface of the rim is in proper contact with the mounting surface.
After installing the lug nuts, use the jack to lower the vehicle to the ground and exit the Jack Mode on the center display. Tighten all the lug nuts clockwise with the lug wrench. Then, use a torque wrench to tighten the lug nuts to the specified torque.
Check the tire pressure after replacement. If necessary, inflate the tires to the rated range, and then replace the tire valve cap.
Properly stow all the tools, the jack, and the flat tire.
Placing a Warning Triangle
In case of an emergency, please slowly and steadily drive the vehicle to a safe area, press the brake pedal to stop the vehicle, and shift into PARK. Then, you should turn on the hazard warning lights by pressing the button on the center console to warn other vehicles approaching from behind.
PARK button
Hazard warning light button
Open the cargo cover inside the trunk and take out the warning triangle and reflective vest from the emergency kit. You should put on the reflective vest first, and then place the warning triangle at around 50 meters to 100 meters behind the vehicle (at least 150 meters behind the vehicle on the highway; add an additional 100 meters at night; 200 meters behind the vehicle in case of rain or fog).
Instructions for setting up the warning triangle:
Deploy the bracket under the triangle.
Unfold the two sides of the triangle.
Fasten the buckle on top of the triangle.
Call for Road Assistance
In case of accidents such as a vehicle collision, water soaking, battery pack fire, etc., call the NIO Hotline for road assistance after setting up the warning signs, and the Road Assistance team will come to help you as soon as possible.
In the event of a battery fire risk, the vehicle will automatically cut off power and the instrument cluster and center display will display a warning message. Make sure the surrounding area is safe and promptly leave the vehicle to call for help.
If the vehicle is connected to the network, you can press the SOS button on the roof to call for road assistance (long press once, or short press twice), and you can cancel the call on the center display within 8 seconds after making the call. The backlight of the SOS button indicates the status of the SOS feature: solid green indicates that the SOS feature is available; flashing green indicates that road assistance is being called; solid red or flashing red indicates that the SOS feature is unavailable, in such a situation you need to contact NIO Service Center immediately.
Note车辆在连接网络状态下,当发生事故且安全气囊弹出时,车辆将自动呼叫救援,为您的生命安全护航。
When your vehicle is connected to the network, if an accident occurs and the airbag is deployed or the seat belt pretensioner is triggered, your vehicle will call for rescue automatically to protect your life.
The 112-based eCall In-vehicle System
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is mandatory for new vehicle models in all EU countries. In the event of a severe accident, the eCall system can connect you to an appropriate PSAP (Public Safety Answering Point) via an audio link automatically if the vehicle safety system is triggered, or manually if you press the SOS button on the roof console.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is activated by default. It is activated automatically when the activation level for seat belt tensioners or airbags is reached in the event of a severe accident. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system can also be activated manually, if needed. To activate the eCall manually, press the SOS button on the roof console for over 250 milliseconds and release the button within 10 seconds. The manual trigger is designed in such a way as to avoid mis-operation. To terminate the calling, press and release the SOS button again within five seconds after it is pressed the first time.
In the event of a critical system malfunction, the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system may be impaired. The backlight of the SOS button indicates the status of the emergency call. Solid green indicates the eCall system functions normally; flashing green indicates an emergency call is in progress; flashing red indicates the eCall system has a minor fault but can still be activated; solid red indicates the eCall system has a major fault and cannot be activated. In this case, you can find the fault notification on the center display, and contact NIO if needed.
The processing of personal data through the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is in line with the personal data protection rules stipulated in Directives 95/46/EC (1) and 2002/58/EC (2) of the European Parliament and of the Council, and in particular, is based on the necessity to protect the vital interests of the individuals in accordance with Article 7(d) of Directive 95/46/EC (3). The processing of such data is strictly limited to the purpose of handling the emergency call made to the single European emergency number 112 in emergency situations within the meaning of Article 5(2) of Regulation (EU) 2015/758.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system may collect and process only the following data:
Vehicle Identification Number
Vehicle type (passenger vehicle)
Vehicle propulsion storage type (gasoline/diesel/CNG/LPG/electric/hydrogen)
Vehicle last three locations and direction of travel. The recent vehicle locations are selected by random so as to ensure that the IVS is not traceable and not subject to any constant tracking.
Estimated number of occupants onboard
Log file of eCall activation of the system and its timestamp
Recipients of data processed by the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system are the relevant public safety answering points of the area where the vehicle is located. The data may be shared with other parties such as police stations, fire stations, hospitals limited for emergency aid purposes.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure that:
Data stored in the system is not available outside the system before an eCall is triggered.
The system is not traceable and not subject to any constant tracking in its normal operation status.
Data stored in the system is automatically and continuously removed.
The vehicle location data is constantly overwritten in the internal memory of the system so as to keep the last three up-to-date locations of the vehicle necessary for the normal functioning of the system.
The log of activity data in the system is kept for no longer than necessary for attaining the purpose of handling the emergency call and in any case no longer than 13 hours after an emergency call is triggered.
With regard to the arrangements for exercising data subjects' rights as well as the contact service responsible for handling access requests, please kindly contact NIO for support. For contact details, please refer to our Connected Vehicle Privacy Notice or contact details in this manual. NIO GmbH
Data Protection
Montgelasstrasse 14
81679 Munich
Germany
privacy.eu@nio.io
00 8000 999 6699 (EU) / 800 24 789 (Norway)
TPS eCall
TPS ecall is a third party supported eCall service regard to 112-based eCall in EU. ARC Europe SA will be acting as the TPS agency for NIO TPS eCall, operating the NIO TPS eCall with 24-hours, 7-days availability.
TPS eCall agent will deliver users with services in the corresponding language according to the language set in the user's vehicle. TPS eCall agent evaluates if it is a fake or real emergency before addressing the relevant PSAPs, then cancel the mis-call to help avoid legal risk of mis-connecting to PSAP. When the incidents occur, the TPS agent can help the user redirect RSA (Road Side Assist service) or advise the user to contact insurance companies providing RSA; if the incident is evaluated to be a crash or an emergency, TPS agent transfers the MSD to the local Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) and track the rescue progress in time. During the rescue process, TPS agents can act as a language translation function between the user and the local rescue staff to avoid language barriers in emergency situations.
TPS eCall can be set by main user on Setting - General section in the setting page of the ICS of the vehicle replacing the statutory eCall. The default option will be TPS eCall. Once the customer makes a choice, the choice will be recorded within the user profile.
NIO TPS eCall can only be ended by the TPS agent. Please inform the agent if the call is connected by mistake and the agent will end the call for you.
The necessary vehicle data will be collected from the vehicle and sent to NIO TPS, then forwarded to the TPS provider to handle the emergency when TPS eCall is triggered by user's active triggering, collision triggering and EDA triggering.
Uploaded TPS eCall data will be stored for 6 months to allow NIO to perform accident responding and handling.
After contacting the driver and passengers, TPS provider will pass the necessary data to the local PSAP in local language for rescue purposes.
The TPS provider may collect and process only the following data, then send it to the local PSAP when it is needed:
Driving service information
Crash type (front, side, rear, etc.) and delta Velocity (Vx and Vy). (Note: Delta Velocity is the collection of change of velocity every 10 ms at X-axis and Y-axis during 250 ms after crash incident.)
Current vehicle location and direction
Vehicle speed
Vehicle propulsion storage type
Airbag triggered (How many airbags are triggered after crash)
Language set up on the center display
Number of passengers
Contact information
User's name (Optional, if the user is registered)
User's email address (Optional, if the user is registered)
User's mobile number (Optional, if the user is registered)
Vehicle basic information
Make/Model/Color/Model year
VIN number
Jump Starting
When the vehicle cannot start because the 12V battery level is low, you can jump start the vehicle by connecting the jumper cable to the 12V battery of another vehicle.
CautionFor NT2, when starting the vehicle with jumper cables, it is crucial to avoid contact between two vehicles. If the two vehicles' low-voltage battery-positive terminals are connected, the current may run right away, causing damage to the vehicles.
When starting the vehicle with jumper cables, it is crucial to avoid contact between two vehicles. If the 12V battery-positive terminals of the two vehicles are connected, the current may run right away, causing damage to the vehicles.
When connecting the jumper cables to the vehicles, be sure to connect the positive terminals first, followed by the negative terminals.
When using jumper cables to initiate an external power source, voltage requirements apply. Please contact NIO Service Center when the battery is depleted to prevent damage to the battery.
To avoid short circuits or other damage, we recommend you observe the following procedure when you jump start the vehicle:
Put the vehicles in PARK, cut off the power supply of the 12V battery, make sure the jumper cable is correctly connected to the vehicle electrical system, and open the front hood of Vehicle A to find the 12V battery.
Connect one end of the red cable to the positive (+) terminal on the 12V battery on Vehicle A.
Connect the other end of the red cable to the positive (+) terminal of the 12V battery on Vehicle B.
Connect one end of the black cable to the negative (-) terminal on the 12V battery of Vehicle B.
Connect the other end of the black cable to a proper earthing point of the 12V battery on Vehicle A.
Start Vehicle B and let it run for a few minutes. Then, start Vehicle A to check whether it can start up normally.
After Vehicle A starts up normally, power off Vehicle B, remove the jumper cables in the opposite order they were connected, and stow all equipment.
Emergency Unlocking from the Outside
When the vehicle cannot be unlocked by conventional methods (such as a smart key fob, keyless entry, NIO app, or NFC), you can use the emergency key to unlock the driver's door.
Caution请将物理应急钥匙带出车外并妥善保管,以备紧急解锁或上锁时使用。
Do not leave the emergency key in your vehicle. Please keep it safe in case of emergency.
To use the emergency key:
Pull out the metal key portion of the emergency key while toggling the switch on the emergency key.
Push the front end of the exterior handle on the driver's door.
Pull the door handle, and insert the emergency key into the lock. Rotate the key counterclockwise to unlock the driver's door.
To lock the driver's door, rotate the key counterclockwise first for unlocking, and then turn it clockwise.
After unlocking the driver door using the physical emergency key, if you need to lock the doors using the Smart Key, you must first toggle the driver door once to reset the door lock cylinder. This will prevent the driver door from remaining in an unlocked state and ensure the security of the vehicle.
Emergency Unlocking from the Inside
When the whole vehicle is locked, if the door needs to be opened in an emergency (for example, when the electronic switch on the door handle fails or the vehicle falls into water), pull the mechanical switch on the interior door handle once to open the corresponding door.
CautionNT2 Opening the door from inside in an emergency
When the 12V battery of the vehicle is low on power, the physical emergency key can only be used to unlock the door on the driver side. At such moments it cannot be used to unlock the whole vehicle. The other doors can only be unlocked and opened by pulling the mechanical switch for the inner door handle.
The windows cannot be lowered when the door is opened using the mechanical switch for the inner door handle because doing so would risk damaging the window trim panel.
Neither rear door can be opened from inside when the child safety lock function is enabled. They can only be opened from outside once the whole vehicle is unlocked.
In the event of an accident that is of sufficient gravity to trigger airbag deployment, the child safety lock on the rear door will unlock automatically.
Emergency Liftgate Opening
To open the liftgate, lift the square block above the lock buckle from the inside of the trunk, and then toggle the button in the hole with your finger.
Emergency Evacuation
In case of danger or emergency situations with the vehicle, please evacuate the vehicle as soon as possible and call for assistance while ensuring personal safety.
Collision Accidents
If your vehicle is involved in a severe collision accident and you can safely exit the vehicle, please leave the vehicle promptly and move to a safe area to avoid further harm.
Vehicle Fire or Abnormal Temperature
If your vehicle is smoking, on fire, or experiencing any other emergency situation, quickly evacuate the vehicle and move to a safe area to ensure your personal safety.
If your vehicle's central display shows warnings about abnormal vehicle or battery pack malfunctions, please ensure your safety while parking the vehicle. Quickly exit the vehicle and evacuate to a safe area to ensure your personal safety.
Vehicle Submerged in Water
If your vehicle gets trapped in a heavily flooded area, such as an underpass or low-lying road, promptly evacuate the vehicle and move to a safe area to ensure your personal safety.
Severe Vehicle Breakdown
If your vehicle experiences a severe breakdown during driving or if the central display indicates a serious vehicle malfunction, please ensure your safety while parking the vehicle. Then, quickly exit the vehicle and call for assistance.
Miscellaneous
Other scenarios where it is necessary to evacuate the vehicle promptly.
First Aid Kit
If your vehicle is equipped with a first aid kit, the first aid kit will be located in the side net pocket of the rear trunk. The first aid kit contains rescue items required for emergencies. See the instructions in the first aid kit for specific directions.
The first aid kit is valid for 5 years . After expiration, please contact NIO to purchase.
Protective Equipment for Rescue Operations
The vehicle E-powertrain system is driven by the high-voltage battery. In the event of a serious collision, leakage of high-voltage electricity or battery fluid may occur; therefore, the rescue operation on the vehicle should be undertaken by professional rescuers who wear corresponding protective equipment to secure personal safety.
Warning对车辆进行操作时请确保身上未携带金属制品(如项链、手表等),以免发生电击伤害。
Remove all metal objects (such necklaces and watches) before carrying out any operation. Failure to do so may increase the risk of electric shock.
Electrical Protection
Please wear the following protective equipment to avoid injury from high-voltage electric shock:
Insulated rubber gloves (be able to insulate against voltage above 500V)
Goggles
Insulated rubber boots
Tools with insulated protective covers
Chemical Protection
In the event of a battery leakage or potential risk of battery leakage, please wear the following protective equipment to prevent injury to your skin and face:
Protective face shield
Solvent resistant gloves
Cut off the High-voltage Circuit
To cut off the high-voltage circuit, first disconnect the emergency HV cut-off plug (located in the left area of the front trunk), and then disconnect the 12 V battery-negative terminal (located in the front trunk near the front windshield).
How to cut off the high-voltage circuit:
Pull the hood handle cover plate in the passenger compartment twice to release the hood.
Lift the hood.
Disconnect the emergency high-voltage cut-off plug, then cut off the high-voltage supply circuit, remove the plug and keep it in a safe place.
Disconnect the cable from the 12 V battery-negative terminal, and wrap it with a protective layer after disconnection to prevent conduction due to accidental contact from occurring.
Towing a Vehicle that Had an Accident
CautionThis vehicle is not suitable for traction with wheels on the ground. Do not use a traction chain to tow the vehicle directly.
This vehicle is not suitable for traction with wheels on the ground. Do not use a traction chain to tow the vehicle directly.
When the vehicle is on snow, mud, or sand, or when the wheels are locked and unable to rotate freely, do not use a towing hook to tow the vehicle. Please contact the NIO service center.
If you need the vehicle to be towed, please call a flatbed trailer to transport the vehicle. How to tow a vehicle:
Take out the hitch from the vehicle kit in the rear trunk.
Press the lower end of the front towing flap of the vehicle to open it (1 in the picture), insert the hitch into the hole and rotate until the hitch is firmly seated (2 in the picture). The rear hitch (if present) is installed in the same way as the front hitch.
Press the brake pedal while the vehicle is in the Park gear, go to the Settings page from the control bar at the bottom of the center display, tap Driving > Trailer/Wash Mode, then the vehicle will be released from the parking brake and can be towed (if the vehicle is at risk of slipping, use the brake stops).
Power the vehicle off before towing, turn on the hazard warning lights, make sure that there is no one in the vehicle and lock the entire vehicle.
Install the tow chain on the hitch and slowly tow the vehicle onto the flatbed.
After the vehicle is towed to the designated location on the flatbed, use brake stops and wheel straps to fix the tires.
Before having the vehicle transported on a flatbed, exit Trailer/Wash Mode on the center display; then tap Driving > Jack Mode on the current page to lock the current vehicle suspension height to prevent the vehicle from being damaged due to bumps during transportation.
Caution在确保车辆没有安全风险的前提下才可拖离现场。-NT2
Only when there is no safety risk to the vehicle can it be towed away from the site. If the vehicle battery pack is deformed, leaking liquid, or emitting smoke, safety risks shall be eliminated first.
If you are unable to enter the Neutral Mode normally, you can try restarting the 12V battery. If the parking brake cannot be released, the vehicle can be transported in as short a distance as possible by using tire slides or wheeled trailers.
Do not depress the brake pedal or accelerator pedal hard while exiting the Neutral Mode on the center display.
When the parking brake is released and the vehicle can be towed, there is a risk that the vehicle may slide down on a slope. If necessary, please use brake wedges in conjunction.
It is recommended not to stay in deep water for a long time (preferably not exceeding the battery base plate) when the vehicle is wading, as it may cause damage to the high-voltage components of the vehicle.
On the premise that the vehicle body and chassis are not damaged, there will be no greater risk of electric shock caused by its short-time immersion in water. However, when dealing with the submerged vehicle, the professional rescuers shall wear appropriate rescue protective equipment. Under the condition of ensuring insulation protection, pull the vehicle out of the water, open the door, power off the vehicle, and then clean the water stains inside the vehicle. After checking for electricity leakage, cut off the high-voltage circuit normally.
Warning处理浸水车辆时,若救援人员未穿戴适当的救援防护装备将带来严重伤害甚至死亡。
When dealing with submerged vehicles, failure to wear proper rescue protective equipment by the rescuers can result in serious injury or even death.
Rescuing the Vehicle on Fire
Warning如果车辆发生火灾,切勿直接触摸车上任意部分。请穿戴正确的防护装备对其进行操作。
In the case of a vehicle fire, do not directly touch any part of the vehicle. All rescue operations should be performed by professionals who must wear appropriate personal protective equipment.
The gas stored in the side curtain airbag cylinder and the high pressure air suspension tank may expand and explode under high temperatures. Please act with caution to avoid injury.
If the vehicle fire doesn’t involve the high voltage battery, you can use the fire extinguisher to put out the fire.
If the vehicle fire is caused by the high voltage battery or the high voltage battery is overheated, deformed, cracked, or damaged in the fire, use a large amount of water or foam extinguishing agent mixed with water (F-500 EA is recommended) to cool down the high voltage battery. After the battery is completely cooled down (which may take up to 24 hours), monitor it for one more hour to ensure the battery does not heat up again. Then, drive the vehicle to an open and flat area and set up a 15-meter safety zone to keep people away from the vehicle.
Warning对着火的高压电池采取降温措施后需警惕高压电池有复燃风险,避免运输过程中造成二次伤害。
Be aware that a high voltage battery may re-ignite even after it is cooled down. Particular attention should be paid when transporting the battery.
If leakage from a high voltage battery is caused due to an impact, the rescue should be performed by professionals who must wear protective face shields and chemical-resistant gloves. Never make direct contact with the fluids.
When the high-voltage battery leaks, it may generate heat or even cause a fire. Please cool down the high-voltage battery first and then clean up the fluids:
If the leak is not severe, use a liquid absorbing pad to clean up the fluids and then place the used pad in a closed container or use incineration to dispose of the pad.
If the leak is severe, dispose of the fluids following the disposal guidelines for hazardous chemical waste. Pour calcium gluconate solution over the leaked fluids.
If any fluids accidentally get on the skin, remove the contaminated clothes, and rinse the skin with soap under running water for 15 minutes until all chemical residues are removed. Seek medical attention immediately if the irritation or discomfort doesn’t improve.
When professional rescuers perform cutting operations, they must use appropriate tools such as a hydraulic cutter and wear appropriate personal protective equipment to avoid serious injury.
The vehicle pillars use aluminum castings to better protect the occupants in case of an impact. Please use proper tools to cut the pillars during rescue. Do not cut any high temperature or high voltage areas on the vehicle, such as airbag components and high voltage components, as indicated by the red areas below.